introduction to accounting - wordpress.com€¦ · explain the users of accounting information and...

288
1 [XI – Accountancy] CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction Accounting is the essential part of business, as it keeps the proper records of business transactions. Learning Objectives After studying the chapter, you will be able to: Explain the Accounting alongwith its objectives. Explain the advantages & limitations of accounting. Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion Method Meaning of Accounting Accounting is an information system that provides accounting information to the users for correct decision-making. “Accounting is the art of recording, classifying and summarising in a significant manner and in terms of money, transactions and events which are, in part at least, of financial character, and interpreting the results thereof..” Objectives of Accounting 1. To maintain systematic and complete record of business transactions. 2. To know profitabilities of business by calculating profit or loss.

Upload: others

Post on 25-Jun-2020

16 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

1 [XI – Accountancy]

CHAPTER-1

INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING

Introduction

Accounting is the essential part of business, as it keeps the proper records

of business transactions.

Learning Objectives

After studying the chapter, you will be able to:

Explain the Accounting alongwith its objectives.

Explain the advantages & limitations of accounting.

Explain the users of accounting information and their needs.

Explain the basic accounting terms.

Suggested Teaching Method:

Discussion Method

Meaning of Accounting

Accounting is an information system that provides accounting information

to the users for correct decision-making.

“Accounting is the art of recording, classifying and summarising in a

significant manner and in terms of money, transactions and events which are,

in part at least, of financial character, and interpreting the results thereof..”

Objectives of Accounting

1. To maintain systematic and complete record of business transactions.

2. To know profitabilities of business by calculating profit or loss.

Page 2: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 2

3. To ascertain the Financial position of business.

4. To provide useful information to various users.

Interested users/parties of Accountings informations and their Needs

There are number of users interested in knowing about the financial

soundness and the profitability of the business.

Users Classification Information the user want

Internal 1. Owner Return on their investment, financial

health of their company/business.

2. Management To evaluate the performance to take

various decisions.

External 1. Investors and Safety and growth of their investments,

potential investors future of the business.

2. Creditors Assessing the financial capability, ability

of the business to pay its debts.

3. Lenders Repaying capacity, credit worthiness.

4. Tax Authorities Assessment of due taxes, true and fair

disclosure of accounting information,

5. Employees Profitability to claim higher wages and

bonus, whether their dues (PF, ESI, etc.)

deposited regularly.

6. Others Customers, Researchers etc., may seek

different information for different

reasons.

Qualitative Characteristics of Accounting Information

Accounting information is useful for interested users only if it posses the

following characteristics:

Page 3: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

3 [XI – Accountancy]

1. Realiability : Means the information must be based on facts and be

verified through source documents by anyone. It must be free from

bias.

2. Relevance : To be relevant, information must be available in time and

must influence the decisions of users by helping them form prediction

about the outcomes.

3. Understandability : The information should be presented in such a

manner that users can understand it well.

4. Comparability : The information should be disclosed in such a manner

that it can be compared with previous years figures of business itself

and other firm’s data.

Limitations of Accounting

The accounting information suffers from the following limitations:

1. Based on historical data

2. Not free from bias

3. Qualitative information not shown

4. Ignores price level changes

5. Window Dressing

BASIC ACCOUNTING TERMS

Business Transaction

An economic activity that affects financial position of the business and can

be measured in terms of money e.g., sale of goods, paying for expenses etc.

Voucher

The documentary evidence in support of a transaction is known as voucher.

For example, if we buy goods for cash we get cash memo, if we buy on credit,

we get an invoice, when we make a payment, we get a receipt and so on.

Page 4: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 4

Capital

Amount invested by the owner in the firm is known as capital. It may be

brought in the form of cash or assets by the owner.

Drawings

The money or goods or both withdrawn by owner from business for

personal use, is known as drawings. Example: Purchase of car for wife by

withdrawing money from business.

Assets

Assets are valuable and economic resources of an enterprise useful in its

operations. Assets can be broadly classified as :

1. Current Assets : Current Assets are those assets which are held for

short period and can be converted into cash within one year. For example:

Debtors, stock etc.

2. Non-Current Assets : Non-Current Assets are those assets which are

hold for long period and used for normal business operation. For

example: Land, Building, Machinery etc.

3. Tangible Assets : Tangible Assets are those assets which have physical

existence and can be seen and touched. For Example: Furniture,

Machinery etc.

4. Intangible Assets : Intangible Assets are those assets which have no

physical existence and can be feel by operation. For example: Goodwill,

Patent, Trade mark etc.

Liabilities :

Liabilities are obligations or debts that an enterprise has to pay after some

time in the future.

Liabilities can be classified as :

1. Current Liabilities : Current Liabilities are obligations or debts that

are payable within a period of one year. For Example: Creditors, Bill

Payable etc.

Page 5: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

5 [XI – Accountancy]

2. Non-Current Liabilities : Non-Current Liabilities are those obligations

or debts that are payable after a period of one year. Example: Bank

Loan, Debentures etc.

RECEIPTS

1. Revenue Receipts : Revenue Receipts are those receipts which are

occurred by normal operation of business like money received by sale

of business products.

2. Capital Receipts : Capital Receipts are those receipts which are occurred

by other than business operations like money received by sale of fixed

assets.

Expenses

Costs incurred by a business for earning revenue are known as expenses.

For example: Rent, Wages, Salaries, Interest etc.

Expenditure

Spending money or incurring a liability for acquiring assets, goods or

services is called expenditure. The expenditure is classified as :

1. Revenue Expenditure : If the benefit of expenditure is received within

a year, it is called revenue expenditure. For Example: Rent, Interest etc.

2. Capital Expenditure : If benefit of expenditure is received for more

than one year, it is called capital expenditure. Example: Purchase of

Machinery.

3. Deferred Revenue Expenditure : There are certain expenditures which

are revenue in nature but benefit of which is derived over number of

years. For Example: Huge Advertisement Expenditure.

Profit

The excess of revenues over its related expenses during an accounting

year is profit.

Profit = Revenue – Expenses

Page 6: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 6

Gain

A non-recurring profit from events or transactions incidental to business

such as sale of fixed assets, appreciation in the value of an asset etc.

Loss

The excess of expenses of a period over its related revenues is termed as

loss.

Loss = Expenses – Revenue

Goods

The products in which the business deal in. The items that are purchased

for the purpose of resale and not for use in the business are called goods.

Purchases

The term purchases is used only for the goods procured by a business for

resale. In case of trading concerns it is purchase of final goods and in

manufacturing concern it is purchase of raw materials. Purchases may be cash

purchases or credit purchases.

Purchase Return

When purchased goods are returned to the suppliers, these are known as

purchase return.

Sales

Sales are total revenues from goods sold or services provided to customers.

Sales may be cash sales or credit sales.

Sales Return

When sold goods are returned from customer due to any reason is known

as sales return.

Page 7: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

7 [XI – Accountancy]

Debtors

Debtors are persons and/or other entities to whom business has sold goods

and services on credit and amount has not received yet. These are assets of the

business.

Creditors

If the business buys goods/services on credit and amount is still to be paid

to the persons and/or other entities, these are called creditors. These are liabilities

for the business.

Bill Receivable

Bill Receivable is an accounting term of Bill of Exchange. A Bill of

Exchange is Bill Receivable for seller at time of credit sale.

Bill Payable

Bill Payable is also an accounting term of Bill of Exchange. A Bill of

Exchange is Bill Payable for purchaser at time of credit purchase.

Discount

Discount is the rebate given by the seller to the buyer. It can be classified as :

1. Trade Discount : The purpose of this discount is to persuade the buyer

to buy more goods. It is offered at an agreed percentage of list price at

the time of selling goods. This discount is not recorded in the accounting

books as it is deducted in the invoice/cash memo.

2. Cash Discount : The objective of providing cash discount is to

encourage the debtors to pay the dues promptly. This discount is recorded

in the accounting books.

Account

Account refers to a summarised record of relevant transactions of particular

head at one place.

Page 8: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 8

Income

Income is a wider term, which includes profit also. Income means increase

in the wealth of the enterprise over a period of time.

Stock

The goods available with the business for sale on a particular date is

known as stock.

Cost

Cost refers to expenditures incurred in acquiring manufacturing and

processing goods to make it saleable.

Page 9: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

9 [XI – Accountancy]

CHAPTER 2

THEORY BASE OF ACCOUNTING

Learning Objectives

After studying this chapter, students will be able to:

Describe the meaning of Accounting Assumptions and Accounting

Principles.

Explain the Accounting Standard and IFRS along with their objectives.

Describe the Bases of Accounting.

Distinguish between Cash Basis of Accounting and Accrual Basis of

Accounting

Main objective of accounting is to provide appropriate, useful and reliable

information about the financial performance of the business to its various users

to enable them in judicious decision-making. This objective can be achieved

only when accounting records are maintained on the basis of uniform rules and

principles.

Accounting principles, concepts and conventions are known as Generally

Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). These principles are the base of

Accounting. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) refers to the

rules or guidelines adopted for recording and reporting of business transactions,

in order to bring uniformity and consistency in the preparation and the

presentation of financial statements.

These principles have evolved over a long period of time on the basis of

experiences of the accountants, customs, legal decisions etc., and which are

generally accepted by the accounting professionals.

Page 10: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 10

FUNDAMENTAL ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS

1. Going Concern Assumption :This concept assumes that an enterprise

has an indefinite life or existence. It is assumed that the business has

neither intention to liquidate nor to scale down its operations

significantly.

Relevance :

(a) Distinction is made between capital expenditure and revenue

expenditure.

(b) Classification of assets and liabilities into current and non-current.

(c) Depreciation is charged on fixed assets and fixed assets appear in the

Balance Sheet at book value, without having reference to their market

value.

2. Consistency Assumption : According to this assumption, accounting

practices once selected and adopted, should be applied consistently

year after year. This will ensure a meaningful study of the performance

of the business for a number of years.

Consistency of assumption does not mean that particular practices, once

adopted, cannot be changed. The only requirement is that when a change is

desirable, it should be fully disclosed in the financial statements along with its

effect on income statement and Balance Sheet.

Any accounting practice may be changed if the law or Accounting standard

requires so, to make the financial information more meaningful and transparent.

Relevance : It helps the management in decision-making by utilizing the

comparable financial information.

3. Accrual Assumption :Accrual concept applies equally to revenue and

expenses. As per this assumption, all revenue and costs are recognized

when they are earned or incurred.

Page 11: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

11 [XI – Accountancy]

It is immaterial, whether the cash is received or paid at the time of

transaction or later date e.g., if a credit sale (Credit for two months) for

Rs. 15,000 is made on 15th Feb. 2013, then the revenue earned is to

be recorded on 15th Feb. 2013, not on the date of cash realized, i.e.,

after two months. In case of Expenses, if at the end of the year the two

months salary is due but not paid, then the expenses of salary will be

recorded in the current year in which salary is due, not in the next year

in which it will be paid.

Relevance : Earning of a revenue and consumption of a resource (expenses)

can be accurately matched to a particular accounting period.

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

1. Accounting Entity : An entity has a separate existence from its owner.

According to this principle, business is treated as an entity, which is

separate and distinct from its owner. Therefore transactions are recorded;

analyzed and financial statements are prepared from the business point

of view and not of the owner.

The owner is treated as a creditor (Internal liability) for his investment

in the business, as if the firm has borrowed from its owner instead of

the outside parties. Interest on capital is treated as expense like any

other business expense. His private expenses are treated as drawings

leadings to reduction in capital.

2. Money Measurement Principle : According to this principle, only

those transactions that are measured in money or can be expressed in

term of money are recorded in the books of accounts of the enterprises.

Non-monetary events like death of any employee/Manager, strikes,

disputes etc., are not recorded at all, even though these also affect the

business operations significantly.

Limitation :

1. It ignores qualitative aspect e.g., efficient human resources (Assets),

satisfied customers (Assets) and dishonest employee (liabilities).

Page 12: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 12

2. Value of money (currency) is not stable.

To make accounting records simple, relevant, understandable and

homogeneous, facts are expressed in a common unit of measurement-

money.

3. Accounting Period Principle : According to this principle, the whole

indefinite life of an enterprise is divided into parts, known as accounting

period.

Accounting period is defined as interval of time, at the end of which

the profit and loss account and balance sheet are prepared, so that the

performance is measured at regular intervals and decision can be taken

at the appropriate time. Accounting period is usually a period of one

year and that year may be financial year or calendar year.

Relevance :

1. This Assumption requires showing the allocation of expenses between

Capital and Revenue.

2. Portion of Capital Expenditure that is consumed during the current year

is charged to Income statement and rest of the portion i.e., Unconsumed

portion is shown as an asset in the Balance Sheet.

3. As per income tax law, tax on income is calculated on annual basis

from 1st April to 31st March (Financial Year)

4. Timely action for corrective measures can be taken by the Management.

4. Full Disclosure Principle : According to this principle, apart from

legal requirements all significant and material information relating to

the economic affairs of the entity should be completely disclosed in its

financial statements and accompanying notes to accounts.

The financial statements should act as means of conveying and not

concealing the information. Disclosure of information will result in

better understanding and the parties may be able to take sound decisions

on the basis of the information provided.

Page 13: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

13 [XI – Accountancy]

E.g., footnotes such as :

(1) Contingent liabilities in respect to a claim of a very big amount

against the business are pending in a Court of Law.

(2) Change in the method of providing depreciation.

(3) Market value of investment.

5. Materiality Principle : Disclosure of all material facts is compulsory

but it does not imply that even those figures which are irrelevant are

to be included in financial statements. According to this principle, only

those items or information should be disclosed that have material effect

and relevant to the users. So, item having an insignificant effect or

being irrelevant to user need not be disclosed separately, these may be

merged with other item.

If the knowledge of any information may affect the user's decision, it

is termed as material information.

It should be noted that an item material for one enterprise may not be

material for another enterprise. e.g., an item of expenses Rs. 50,000 is

material for an enterprise having turnover of Rs. 100 crore.

6. Prudence Principle : According to this principle, profit in anticipation

should not be recorded but loss in anticipation should immediately be

recorded. The objective of this principle is not to overstate the profit

of the enterprise in any case. When different equally acceptable

alternative methods are available, the method which having least

favourable immediate effect on profit should be adopted, e.g.,

(1) Valuation of stock at cost or realizable values, whichever is

lower.

(2) Provision for doubtful debts and provision for discount on

debtors is made.

7. Cost Principle : According to this Principle, an asset is recorded in the

books of accounts at its original cost comprising cost of acquisition

and all expenditure incurred for making the assets ready to use.

Page 14: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 14

This cost becomes the basis of all subsequent accounting transactions

for the asset, since the acquisition cost relates to the past, it is referred

to as Historical cost. Example: Machinery purchased for Rs. 1,50,000

in cash and Rs. 20,000 was spent on installation of machine then Rs.

1,70,000 be recorded as cost of machine in the books and depreciation

will be charged on this cost. If market value of machine due to inflation

has gone upto Rs. 2,00,000 then the increased value will not be recorded.

This cost is systematically reduced from year after year by charging

depreciation and the assets are shown in the balance sheet at book

value (cost-depreciation).

8. Matching Principle : According to this principle, all expenses incurred

by any enterprises during an accounting period are matched with the

revenue recognized during the same period.

The matching principle facilitates to ascertain the amount of profit or

loss incurred in a particular period by deducting the related expenses

from the revenue recognized that period.

The following treatment of expenses and revenue are done due to

matching principle:

(1) Ascertainment of Prepaid Expenses.

(2) Ascertainment of Income received in advance.

(3) Accounting of closing stock.

(4) Depreciation charged on fixed assets.

9. Dual Aspect Principle : According to this principle, every business

transaction has two aspects–a debit and a credit of equal amount. In

other words, for every debit there is a credit of equal amount in one or

more accounts and vice-versa.

The system of recording transaction based on this principles is called

as ‘‘Double Entry System’’.

Due to this principle, the two sides of Balance Sheet are always equal

and the following accounting equation will always hold good at any

point of time.

Page 15: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

15 [XI – Accountancy]

Assets = Liabilities + Capital

Example : Ram started business with cash Rs. 1,00,000. It increases

cash in assets side and capital in liabilities side by Rs. 1,00,000.

Assets Rs. 1,00,000 = Liabilities + Capital Rs. 1,00,000

BASES OF ACCOUNTING

There are two bases of ascertaining profit or loss, namely (1) Cash Basis,

and (2) Accrual Basis.

1. Cash Basis of Accounting : Under this system of accounting

transactions are recorded in the books of accounts only on the receipt/

payment of cash. The income is calculated as the excess of actual cash

receipts (in respect of sale of goods, service, properties etc.) over actual

cash payments (regarding purchase of goods, expenses, rent, electricity,

salaries etc.)

Entry is not recorded when a payment or receipt merely due i.e.,

outstanding expenses, Accrued income are not treated.

This method is contrary to the matching principle.

2. Accrual Basis of Accounting : Under this system of accounting, revenue

and expenses are recorded when they are recognized i.e., Income is

recorded as Income when it is accrued (when transaction takes place)

irrespective of fact whether cash is received or not. Similarly expenses

are recorded when they are incurred or become due and not when the

cash is paid for them.

Under this system, expenses such as outstanding expenses, prepaid

expenses, accrued income and received in advance are identified and

taken into account.

Under the companies Act 1956, all companies are required to maintain

their accounts according to accrual basis of accounting.

Page 16: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 16

Difference between accrual basis of accounting and cash basis of accounting

Basis Accrual Basis of Accounting Cash Basis of Accounting

1. Recording Both cash and credit trans- Only cash transactions are recorded.

of transactions actions are recorded.

2. Profit or Loss Profit or Loss is ascertained Correct profit/loss is not ascertained

correctly due to complete because it records only cash

record of transactions. transactions

3. Distinction This method makes a dis- This method does not make a

between Capital tinction between capital and distinction between capital and

and Revenue and revenue items. revenue nature items.

4. Legal position This basis is recognized This basis is not recognized under

under the companies Act the companies Act. 1956.

1956

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS : CONCEPT AND OBJECTIONS

The accounting principles or GAAP in the form of concepts and

conventions have been developed to bring comparability and uniformity in the

financial statements. But GAAP also allow a large number of alternative

treatments for the same item. Different organizations may adopt different

accounting policies for the same transaction or an organization may follow

different accounting policies for the same item over different accounting periods.

As a result, the financial statements become inconsistence and incomparable.

So it was felt that certain minimum standards should be universally

applicable, so that the accounting statements have the qualitative characteristics

of realiability, relevance, understandability and comparability.

International Accounting Standard Committee (IASC) was set up in 1973.

(Now renamed as International financial Reporting Committee IFRC). The

Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) and the Institute of Cost and

Works Accountants of India (ICWAI) are members of this committee. ICAI set

up the Accounting Standard Board (ASB) in 1977 to identify the areas in

which uniformity in accounting required. ASB prepares and submits a draft

accounting standard to the Council of ICAI. The Council of ICAI issues the

draft for the comments to the Govt., industry and professionals etc. After due

Page 17: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

17 [XI – Accountancy]

consideration on comments received, the Council of ICAI notifies it for its use

in financial statements.

Concept of Accounting Standards

Accounting standards are written statements, issued from time-to-

time by institutions of accounting professionals, specifying uniform rules

or practices for drawing the financial statements.

Objectives of Accounting Standards

1. Accounting standards are required to bring uniformity in accounting

practices and policies by proposing standard treatment in preparation

of financial statements.

2. To improve realiability of the financial statement : Accounts prepared

by using accounting standards are reliable for various users, because

these standards create a sense of confidence among the users.

3. To prevent frauds and manipulation by codifying the accounting

methods and practices.

4. To Help Auditors : Accounting standards provide uniformity in

accounting practices, so it helps auditors to audit the books of accounts.

IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards

This term refers to the financial standard issued by International Accounting

standards Board (IASB). It is the process of improving the financial reporting

Internationally to help participants in the various capital markets of the world

and other users. Numbers of IFRS issued so far is 9.

IFRS Based financial Statements

Following financial statements are produced under IFRS:

1. Statement of financial position: The elements of this statement are

(a) Assets (b) Liability C. Equity

2. Comprehensive Income statement: The elements of this statement are

(a) Revenue (b) Expense

Page 18: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 18

3. Statement of changes in Equity

4. Statement of Cash flow

5. Notes and significant accounting policies

Main difference between IFRS and IAS (Indian Accounting Standards)

1. IFRS are principle based while IAS are rule based.

2. IFRS are based on Fair Value while IAS are based on Historical Cost.

QUESTIONS

1. Consider the following data pertaining to Ananya Ltd:

Particulars Rs.

Cost of Machinery purchased on 1st April, 2012 5,00,000

Installation charges 50,000

Market value as on 31st march, 2013 8,00,000

While preparing the annual accounts, if the company values the

machinery at Rs. 8,00,000 which principle is being violated by Ananya

Ltd.?

Ans. Historical cost concept.

2. Accounting to which concept, all expenses incurred to earn revenue of

a particular period should be charged against that revenue to determine

the net income?

Ans. Matching concept

3. A business purchased goods for Rs. 2,00,000 and sold 75% of such

goods during accounting year ended 31st March, 2013. The market

value of remaining goods was Rs. 48,000. He valued closing stock at

cost. Name the concept being violated in this situation.

Ans. Prudence or conservatism

Page 19: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

19 [XI – Accountancy]

4. Under which concept, Owner of business is treated as creditor to the

extent of his capital?

Ans. Business entity concept

5. Financial statements of an entity are prepared at regular intervals in

accordance with which accounting concept?

Ans. Accounting period concept

6. According to which concept, each accounting transaction has at least

two effects?

Ans. Dual aspect concept

7. According to which convention, depreciation is being charged as per

one particular method year after year?

Ans. Consistency

8. Which accounting convention takes into account all prospective losses

but leaves all prospective Profits?

Ans. Conservatism/prudence

9. Name the concept under which the skills or quality of the management

team is not disclosed in the financial statements.

Ans. Money measurement concept

10. Name the concept under which assets are recorded in books at the cost

incurred for acquisition of such assets.

Ans. Historical cost concept

11. Name the concept under which advance received from the supplier is

not taken as income or Sale.

Ans. Revenue recognition concept

12. Under which basis of accounting only cash transactions are recorded in

the books?

Ans. Cash basis of accounting.

Page 20: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

ACCOUNTANCY

CLASS : XI

LIST OF MEMBERS FOR SUPPORT MATERIAL

Sl.No. Name Designation School

1. Sanjeev Kumar Vice Principal Govt. Co-Ed. Sr. Sec. School,

(Group Leader) Preet Vihar, Delhi

2. Hem Chand Lecturer Govt. Boys Sr. Sec. School,

Commerce Chander Nagar, Delhi

3. Sunil Kumar Arora Lecturer Sarvodaya Vidyalaya

Commerce Sector-3, Rohini, Delhi

4. Vinod Kumar Lecturer Govt. Boys Sr. Sec. School,

Commerce Mata Sundri Road, New Delhi

Page 21: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 20

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

CHAPTER-3

RECORDING OF TRANSACTIONS

Learning Objectives

After studying this chapter, you will be able to :

Explain how to Prepare accounting vouchers.

Apply accounting equation to explain the effect of transactions.

Record transactions using rules of debit and credit.

Record transactions in journal and other subsidiary books.

Suggested Method : Discussion method, Illustration method, Problem

solving method etc.

ACCOUNTING EQUATION

An accounting equation is based on the dual concept of accounting,

according to which, every transaction has two aspects debit and credit. It hold

that for every debit there is a credit of equal amount and vice versa.

The total assets of the business firm are financed through the funds raised

from either the outsiders or the owners. Outsiders generally consist of creditors

and lenders. Thus, at any point of time, the total assets of a business are equal

to its total liabilities.

Liabilities to outsiders are known as liabilities but liability to the owners,

in accounting parlance, is referred to as Capital. The relationship between

assets, liabilities and the capital can be expressed in the form of an accounting

equation as follows:

Assets = Capital + Liabilities

Page 22: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

21 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Assets and Liabilities are two independent variables and Capital is the

dependent variable, it is the difference between assets and liabilities.

A transaction may affect either both sides of the equation by the same

amount or on one side of the equation only, by both increasing or decreasing

it by equal amounts.

The accounting equation captures the essence of the business entity concept

i.e. the business entity is considered separate and distinct from the owners. The

accounting equation Assets = Capital + Liabilities holds good only when we

assume that the business unit is a separate entity.

Analysis of Business Transactions

1. Transactions affecting both sides of the equation

A. Commenced business with Cash Rs. 2,00,000.

This transaction will affect the assets as the firm is receiving

asset in the form of Cash and the owner of the business has

invested amount, this will affect the Capital of the business.

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash

Transaction 2,00,000 = 2,00,000 + 0

B. Bought goods from Rs. 25,000.

This transaction will affect both assets as well as liabilities of

the business. The goods and Creditors are increasing.

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Creditors

Old Equation 2,00,000 = 2,00,000 + 0

Transactions 0 + 25,000 0 + 25,000

New Eq. 2,00,000 + 25,000 = 2,00,000 + 25,000

2. Transactions affecting only assets side of the equation:

A. Bought goods for Cash Rs. 35,000

Page 23: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 22

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

This transaction will affect the Cash and Goods by Rs. 35,000.

The firm is paying the money resulting in decrease of Cash.

Goods are increasing.

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Creditors

Old Equation 2,00,000 + 25,000 = 2,00,000 + 25,000

Transaction - 35,000 + 35,000 0 + 0

New Eq. 1,65,000 + 60,000 = 2,00,000 + 25,000

B. Bought Furniture for cash Rs. 50,000

This transaction has brought about two changes in the assets

side only. One asset i.e. Cash is decreasing and other asset i.e.

Furniture is increasing.

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Furniture Creditors

Old Equation 1,65,000 + 60,000 = 2,00,000 + 25,000

Transaction - 50,000 + 0 + 50,000 0 + 0

New Eq. 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 25,000

3. Transactions affecting only liabilities side of the equation.

A. Accepted a bill drawn by Ram for Rs. 25,000 for 3 months.

This transaction will affect Creditors and Bills Payable. As one

liability i.e. Creditors is decreasing and other liability i.e. Bills

payable is increasing.

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Furniture Creditors + B/P

Old Equation 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 25,000

Transaction 0 + 0 + 0 = – 2,50,000 – 25,000 + 25,000

New Eq. 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 0 + 25,000

4. Transaction affecting the Capital only

A. Interest on Capital provided Rs. 2,000

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Page 24: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

23 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Cash Goods Furniture Creditors + B/P

Old Equation 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 0 + 25,000

Transaction 0 + 0 + 0 = - 2,000

+ 2,000

New Eq. 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 0 + 25,000

B. Interest on Drawings charged Rs. 1,000

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Furniture Creditors + B/P

Old Equation 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 0 + 25,000

Transaction 0 + 0 + 0 = - 1,000

+ 1,000

New Eq. 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 0 + 25,000

In the above transactions, Capital is increasing and decreasing

at the same time. It is owner’s duty to pay all the expenses and

it is the owner who takes all the profits arising out of business.

5. Transactions related to Expenses

A. Salary Paid Rs. 5,000

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Furniture Creditors + B/P

Old Equation 1,15,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 2,00,000 + 0 + 25,000

Transaction - 5,000 = - 5,000

New Eq. 1,10,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 1,95,000 + 0 + 25,000

This transaction affects cash and capital because Cash is

decreasing and Capital (Owner) is responsible to pay all the

expenses.

6. Transactions related to Income

A. Commission Received Rs. 2,000

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Furniture Creditors + B/P

Old Equation 1,10,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 1,95,000 + 0 + 25,000

Page 25: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 24

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Transactions + 2,000 = + 2,000

New Eq. 1,12,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 1,97,000 + 0 + 25,000

This transaction affects cash and capital because Cash is

increasing and Capital (Owner) is rightful for every income.

7. Transactions related to outstanding Expenses

A. Rent outstanding Rs. 5,000

ASSETS = CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Furniture Creditors + B/P + O/s Rent

Old Equation 1,12,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 1,97,000 + 0 + 25,000

Transaction = - 5,000 + 5,000

New Eq. 1,12,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 1,92,000 + 0 + 25,000 + 5,000

This transaction will decrease capital and a new liability

outstanding rent will be created.

8. Transactions related to accrued Income

A. Accrued interest Rs. 1,000

ASSETS =CAPITAL + LIABILITIES

Cash Goods Furniture Accrued Creditors + B/P + O/s Rent

Interest

Old Equation 1,12,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 = 1,92,000 + 0 + 25,000 + 5,000

Transaction + 1,000 = + 1,000

New Eq. 1,12,000 + 60,000 + 50,000 + 1,000 = 1,93,000 + 0 + 25,000 + 5,000

This transaction will increase assets in the form of Accrued

interest and Capital.

Illustration: 1

Prepare the Accounting Equation on the basis of the following

1. Ram started business with cash Rs. 2,00,000, stock Rs. 5,00,000,

Machine Rs. 8,00,000 and Furniture Rs. 4,00,000.

2. He sold Goods costing Rs. 2,00,000 at a profit of 20% on cost and

received half the payment in Cash and a Bill for Rs. 50,000 out of the

remaining balance.

Page 26: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

25 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

3. He purchased goods for Rs. 50,000 from Ravi on credit.

4. He depreciate Machine @ 10% p.a. and Furniture @ 20% p.a.

5. He paid Salary Rs. 20,000 and Rent Rs. 25,000 but Rent Rs. 5,000 still

remain unpaid.

6. He paid Insurance Rs. 15,000 @ Rs. 1,000 p.m.

7. He withdrew Rs. 1,00,000 for purchasing Motor Cycle for his personal

use.

8. He paid to Ravi Rs. 19,000 in full settlement against the payment of

Rs. 20,000.

9. He received Rs. 50,000 as Security Deposit from his tenant.

10. He charge interest on Drawing @ 10% p.a.

Page 27: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 26

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Solu

tion

Tra

nsa

ctio

ns

Cash

sto

ckA

sset

sF

urn

iture

Deb

tors

B/r

Pre

-=

Ca

pit

al

Lia

bil

itie

s

mach

iner

ypa

id

Cre

di-

O/s

scu-

tors

rent

rity

dep

.

1.

Ram

sta

rted

busi

nes

s2,0

0,0

00

+5,0

0,0

00

+8,0

0,0

00

+400

,000

=19,0

0,0

00

wit

h c

ash R

s.2,0

0,0

00,

Goods

Rs.

5,0

0,0

00

Mac

hin

e R

s.800,0

00 &

Furn

iture

Rs.

4,0

0,0

00

2.

Sold

Goods

cost

ing

1,2

0,0

00

-2,0

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

=40,0

00

Rs.

2,0

0,0

00 a

t a

pro

fit

of

20%

on c

ost

and

rece

ived

hal

f th

e

pay

men

t in

cas

h &

a

bil

l fo

r R

s. 5

0,0

00 o

ut

of

the

rem

ainin

g

New

Equia

tion

3,2

0,0

00

+ 3

,00,0

00

+8,0

0,0

00

+4,0

0,0

00

+7,0

0,0

0+

50

000

=19,4

0,0

00

3.

Purc

has

ed g

oods

from

+50,0

00

=50,0

00

Rav

i fo

r R

s, 5

0,0

00 o

n

cred

it

New

Equat

ion

3,2

0,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+8,0

0,0

00

+4,0

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

=19,4

0,0

00+

50000

4.

Dep

reci

ate

Mac

hin

e-8

0,0

00

-80,0

00

=-1

60000

@ 1

0%

p.a

furn

tiure

@ 2

0%

p.a

New

E

quat

ion

3,2

0,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+7,2

0,0

00

+3,2

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

=17,8

0,0

00

+50,0

00

Page 28: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

27 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

5.

Pai

d s

alar

y R

s. 5

0,0

00

-50,0

00

=-5

0,0

000

& r

ent

Rs.

25,0

00 a

nd

-25,0

00

-30,0

00

+5,0

00

rent

Rs.

5,0

00 s

till

rem

ain u

npai

d.

New

Equat

ion

2,4

5,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+7,2

0,0

00

+3,2

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

=17,0

0,0

00

+50,0

00

+5,0

00

6.

Pai

d i

nsu

rance

-15,0

00

-3,0

00

=-1

2,0

00

Rs.

15,0

00

@ R

s. 1

,000 p

.m.

New

Equat

ion

2,3

0,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+7,2

0,0

00

+3,2

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

+3,0

00

=16,8

8,0

00

+5,0

000

+5,0

00

7.

wit

hdre

w R

s.1,0

0,0

00

Purc

has

ing m

oto

r cy

cle-

1,0

0,0

00

=-1

,00,0

00

for

his

per

osn

al u

se.

New

Equat

ion

1,3

0,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+7,2

0,0

00

+3,2

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

+3,0

00

=15,8

8,0

00

+50,0

00

+5,0

00

8.

Pai

d t

o R

avi

Rs.

19,0

00

in f

ull

set

tlem

ent

of

-19,0

00

=+

1,0

00

-20,0

00

Rs.

20,0

00

New

Equat

ion

1,1

1,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+7,2

0,0

00

+3,2

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

+3,0

00

=15,8

9,0

00

+30,0

00

+5,0

00

9.

Rec

eived

Rs.

50,0

00

+50,0

00

=+

5,0

00

as s

ecuri

ty d

eposi

t

from

ten

ant

New

Equat

ion

1,6

1,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+7,2

0,0

00

3,2

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

+3,0

00

=15,8

9,0

00

+30,0

00

+5,0

00

+50,0

00

10

.in

tere

st o

n d

raw

ing

=-1

0,0

00

@ 1

0%

p.a

=+

10,0

00

New

Equat

ion

1,6

1,0

00

+3,5

0,0

00

+7,2

0,0

00

+3,2

0,0

00

+70,0

00

+50,0

00

+3,0

00

=15,8

9,0

00

+30,0

00

+5,0

00

+5,0

000

Page 29: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 28

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Every business transaction affects two or more accounts. An account is a

summarised record of transactions at one place relating to a particular head.

An account is divided into two parts i.e. debit and credit. Debit refers to the

left side of an account and credit refers to the right side of an account.

Traditional Approach

Under this approach, all ledger accounts are mainly classified into two

categories:

A. Personal accounts : It includes all those accounts which are related to

any person i.e. individuals, firms, companies, Banks etc. This can further

be classified into three categories:

1. Natural persons : All accounts of human beings/persons are

included such as Ram’s A/c, Shyam’s A/c etc.

2. Artificial persons : This includes all accounts related to

organizations which are treated as persons in the eyes of law

and having all the legal rights as a natural person have such as

buying/selling assets in its name, suing and be sued etc. Some

of the examples are Reliance Industries Ltd., Punjab National

Bank etc.

3. Representative persons : In this category, accounts which

represents some persons are included e.g. Capital a/c

(representing Owner),

Outstanding salary (representing the employee to whom salary

is due) etc.

B. Impersonal accounts: All ledger accounts which are not related to

persons are included in this category. This can be classified as:

1. Real accounts: Under this category, mainly assets (excluding

debtors) are included. These assets can be tangible (which can

be touched, seen and measured such as furniture, cash, stock

etc.) and intangible (which can’t be seen, touched or measured

but still have monetary value such as patents, trademark etc.)

Page 30: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

29 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

2. Nominal accounts : In this category all accounts which are

related to income/gain and expenses/losses are included e.g.

Salary paid, Commission received etc.

RULES OF DEBIT/CREDIT UNDER TRADITIONAL APPROACH

Classification of Accounts Rules of Dr/Cr

1. Natural Persons

2. Artificial Persons Dr The Receiver

Personal 3. Representative Persons Cr The Giver

Impersonal

Real 1. Tangible Dr What comes in

2. Intangible Cr What goes out

Nominal 1. Expenses/Losses Dr Exp/Losses

2. Income/Gains Cr Income/Gains

Illustration 2 : Analyse the following transactions by using the

“TRADITIONAL APPROACH”

2013 Amount (in Rs.)

Jan 1 Prateek started business with cash 1,00,000

Jan 5 Bought goods for Cash 20,000

Jan 7 Bought goods from Pravesh 10,000

Jan 10 Sold goods for Cash 5,000

Jan 12 Sold goods to Vikas 12,000

Jan 15 Paid Salary 5,000

Jan 20 Received Commission 2,000

Page 31: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 30

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Solution : Analysis of Transactions

S.. Transaction Accounts Nature of Changes Debit Credit

No Affected Accounts (Rs.) (Rs.)

1. Commenced Business Cash Real Comes in 1,00,000

Capital Personal Giver 1,00,000

2. Purchased goods Purchase Nominal Expenses 20,000

Cash Real Goes out 20,000

3. Bought goods on Purchases Nominal Expenses 10,000

credit Pravesh Personal Giver 10,000

4. Sold goods for Cash Cash Real Comes in 5,000

Sales Nominal Income 5,000

5. Sold goods on Credit Vikas Personal Receiver 12,000

Sales Nominal Income 12,000

6. Paid Salary Salary Nominal Expenses 5,000

Cash Real Goes Out 5,000

7. Received Commission Cash Real Comes in 2,000

Commission Nominal Income 2,000

RULES OF DEBIT/CREDIT UNDER MODERN APPROACH

Assets Expenses Capital/Liabilities/Revenue

Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr.

Increase Decrease Decrease Increase

Illustration 3: Analyse the transactions given in Illustration 1 by using the

“MODERN APPROACH”

Solution:

S.. Transaction Accounts Nature of Changes Debit Credit

No Affected Accounts (Rs.) (Rs.)

1. Commenced Business Cash Asset Increase 1,00,000

Capital Capital Increase 1,00,000

2. Purchased goods Purchase Expenses Increase 20,000

Cash Asset Decrease 20,000

3. Bought goods on Purchases Expenses Increase 10,000

credit Pravesh Liabilities Increase 10,000

4. Sold goods for Cash Cash Asset Increase 5,000

Sales Income Increase 5,000

Page 32: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

31 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

5. Sold goods on Credit Vikas Asset Increase 12,000

Sales Income Increase 12,000

6. Paid Salary Salary Expenses Increase 5,000

Cash Assets Decrease 5,000

7. Received Commission Cash Assets Increase 2,000

Commission Income Increase 2,000

SOURCE DOCUMENTS

A written document which provides evidence of the transactions is called

the Source Documents. Source document is the first evidence of a transaction

which takes place. Cash Memo, Invoice, Pay in Slip, Cheques are some

important Source Documents.

(a) Invoice (Bill) : An invoice is prepared by Seller at the time of sale of

goods on credit. It contains details such as the goods sold, the party to

whom goods are sold, sales amount, date etc.

(b) Cash Memo : It is prepared by the Seller at the time of Sale of goods

on Cash. It contains details such as goods sold, quantity, amount

received, date etc.

(c) Pay-in-Slip : It is used to deposit cash or cheque into bank. It has a

counterfoil which is returned to the depositor with the Signature of the

authorized person.

(d) Cheque : A cheque is a order in writing, drawn upon a specified

banker and payable on demand.

VOUCHER

A voucher is a document evidencing a business transaction. Recording in

books of accounts are done on the basis of voucher.

Classification of Accounting Vouchers

Vouchers Further classification Purpose

Debit Vouchers To show Cash Payment

Cash Vouchers

Credit Vouchers To show Cash Receipt

Non Cash Voucher Transfer Voucher To show Transactions not

involving cash

Page 33: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 32

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Debit Voucher

This voucher is prepared for all the cash payments made by the business

e.g. Payment of Salary, Purchase of Goods and Services, Payment made to any

Creditor etc.

Format of Debit Voucher

M/s Pratibha Furnitures

180, Nai Sarak, Delhi

Voucher No. ................... Date ....................

DEBIT ............................................................................ Amount

........................................................................................ (In Rs.)

...........................................................................

Total

Signature Signature

Manager Accountant

Credit Voucher

This voucher is prepared by the business in case of cash receipt from any

source such as Sale of goods for Cash, Payment received from any of Debtors,

Income received etc.

Format of Credit Voucher

M/s Pratibha Furnitures

180, Nai Sarak, Delhi

Voucher No. ................... Date....................

DEBIT ................................................................................................. Amount

............................................................................................................. (In Rs.)

............................................................................................................

Total

Signature Signature

Manager Accountant

Transfer Voucher/Non-Cash Voucher

This type of vouchers are prepared in those transactions which do not

involve Cash. Such as Credit Sales, Credit Purchases, Bad Debts, Depreciation

charged etc.

Page 34: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

33 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Format of Transfer Voucher

M/s Pratibha Furnitures

180, Nai Sarak, Delhi

Voucher No. ................... Date ....................

DEBIT ..................................................................................... Amount

.................................................................................................

.............................................................................................. Total

CREDIT ............................................................................... Amount

...............................................................................................

.............................................................................................Total

Signature Signature

Manager Accountant

JOURNAL

The first book in which the transactions of a business unit are recorded

is called Journal. Here, business transactions are recorded in chronological

order i.e. in the order in which they occur. Each record in a journal is called

an entry. As a journal is the first book in which entries are recorded, it is also

known as a book of original entry.

A Journal is divided by vertical lines into five columns i.e. (a) Date (b)

particulars (c) Ledger folio* (d) Amount (Debit) (e) Amount (credit)

Journal

Date Particulars * L.F. Dr Amount Cr Amount

(a) (b) (c) (d) (3)

* Ledger Folio (L.F.) : When the Debits and Credits are posted in the

ledger accounts, the page number of the ledger in which these accounts are

appearing are mentioned in this column.

TYPES OF ENTRIES

(1) Simple Entry : It is that entry in which only two accounts are affected

i.e. one account is debited and another account is credited with an equal

amount.

Page 35: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 34

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Example : Purchase of goods worth Rs. 5,000 from Ramesh by the business

firm.

The simple entry is.

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Debit. Credit

Amount Amount

Purchases A/C Dr 5000

To Ramesh’s A/c 5000

(Being goods Purchased from

Ramesh on Credit)

(2) Compound Entry : It is that entry in which more than two accounts

are involved. Compound Entries can further be classified into single compound

entry and double compound entry.

In Single Compound Entry Several accounts are to be debited and only

one account is to be credited or only one account is to be debited and several

accounts are to be credited.

Example : A business firm pays rent Rs. 2,000, salaries Rs. 1,500, freight

Rs. 500 on 1 Jan. 2013, the single compound entry is

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Debit. Credit

Amount Amount

2013 Rent A/c Dr. 2,000

Jan, 1 Salaries A/c Dr. 1,500

Freight A/c Dr. 500

To Cash A/c 4,000

(Being Expenses paid in cash)

In Double Compound Entry, several accounts are to be debited which

are accompanied by several credit accounts.

Example : A firm receives cash Rs. 20,000 and cheque Rs, 10,000 in

return of sale of goods for Rs. 25,000 and furniture Rs. 5,000.

Page 36: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

35 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Debit. Credit

Amount Amount

Cash A/c Dr. 20,000

Bank A/c Dr. 10,000

To Sales A/c 25,000

To Furniture A/c 5,000

(Being payment received for

sale of goods & furniture.)

(3) Opening Entry : The entry passed to record the closing balances of

the previous year is called opening entry. While passing an opening entry, all

assets accounts are debited and all liabilities accounts are credited.

Example : The various balances of xyz ltd on 1st April 2013 were as

follows Debt Balance : Cash Rs. 20,000 furniture Rs. 50,000 Building Rs.

1,00,000 & Debtors Rs. 30,000 Credit Balance : Creditors Rs. 50,000, Bank

loan Rs. 25,000.

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Balance Cr. Balance

2013

Apr. 1 Cash A/c Dr. 20,000

Furniture A/c Dr. 50,000

Building A/c Dr. 1,00,000

Debtors A/c Dr. 30,000

To creditors A/c 50,000

To Bank loan A/c 25,000

To Capital A/c 1,25,000

(Being recording of the

opening balances of assets,

Liabilities and capital)

Illustration 4 : Pass necessary Journal entries relating to Mr. Jitender

Bhati for the month of January 2013.

Page 37: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 36

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

2013

Jan. 1 Started business with Rs. 20,000 and furniture Rs. 4,000

Jan. 1 Bought shop fitting Rs. 4,000 and a car Rs. 6,000 and payment made

in cash.

Jan. 2 Paid into Bank Rs. 8,000

Jan. 3 Paid rent Rs. 2,000 by cheque.

Jan.10 Purchased on credit goods for Rs. 5,000 from Mr. Khatana.

Jan.10 Cash Sales Rs. 10,000

Jan.12 Paid wages Rs. 500 and insurance Rs. 200 by cash.

Jan.15 Paid Rs. 5,000 to Mr. Khatana by cheque

Solution : In the books of Mr. Jitendra Bhati.

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Balance Cr. Balance

2013

Jan 1 Cash A/c Dr. 20,000

Furniture A/c Dr. 4,000

To capital A/c 24,000

(Being business started with

cash and furniture).

Jan 1 Furniture & fittings A/c Dr. 4,000

Car A/c Dr. 6,000

To Cash A/c 10,000

(Being purchase of fitting & Car)

Jan. 2 Bank A/c Dr. 8,000

To cash A/c 8,000

(Being cash paid into Bank)

Jan. 3 Rent A/c Dr. 2,000

To Bank A/c 2,000

(Being rent paid by cheque)

Page 38: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

37 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Jan. 10 Purchase A/c Dr. 5,000

To Mr. Khatana 5,000

(Being goods purchased on

Credit from Mr. Khatana)

Jan. 10 Cash A/c Dr. 10,000

To sales A/c 10,000

(Being goods sold for cash)

Jan. 12 wages A/c Dr. 500

Insurance A/c Dr. 200

To cash A/C 700

(Being wages & insurance paid

by cash)

Jan. 15 Mr. Khatana A/c Dr. 5,000

To Bank A/c 5,000

(Being payment mode to

Mr. Khatana by Bank)

Grand Total 64700 64700

Special Transaction related to Goods

1. Withdrawal of goods by owner for personal use.

Drawings A/c Dr.

To Purchases A/c

2. Goods given as charity

Charity A/c Dr.

To Purchases A/c

3. Goods distributed as free samples

Advertisement A/c Dr.

To Purchases A/c

4. Goods lost by fire/flood/theft etc.

Loss by fire/theft A/c Dr.

To Purchase A/c

Note : Purchases A/c is credited in the above entries because the goods are

going out of our business on cost and it is not a sale hence, deducted from the

purchases A/c.

Page 39: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 38

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Transaction Related Banks

1. Cash deposited into the bank

Bank A/c Dr.

To Cash A/c

2. Cash withdrawn for office use.

Cash A/c Dr

To Bank A/c

3. When cheque is received from customer and deposited into bank

same day.

Bank A/c Dr

To Customer’s personal A/c

4. When cheque is received from customer and not deposited into

bank same day.

Cash A/c Dr

To Customer’s personal A/c

5. When above cheque (Point 4) is deposited later into bank

Bank A/c Dr

To Cash A/c

6. When payment is made through cheque

Personal A/c Dr

To Bank A/c

7. When expense is paid through cheque.

Expense A/c Dr

To Bank A/c

8. When interest is allowed by the bank.

Bank A/c Dr

To Interest A/c

9. When Bank charges for the services provided.

Bank Charges A/c Dr

To Bank A/c

Page 40: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

39 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Some Special Entries

1. Bad Debts (when customer is declared insolvent and amount is

irrecoverable from him)

Case A/c Dr. (If partial amount is recovered)

Bad Debts A/c Dr. (The irrecoverable part)

To Personal A/c (the due amount)

2. Bad debts recovered earlier written off as bad debts.

Cash A/c Dr.

To Bad debts recovered A/c

3. Outstanding Expenses (expenses due but not paid yet).

Expenses A/c Dr.

To Outstanding Expenses A/c

4. Prepaid Expenses (Expenses not due but paid in advance).

Prepaid expenses A/c Dr.

To Expenses A/c

5. Accrued income (income due but not received yet.)

Accrued Income A/c Dr.

To Income A/c

6. Unearned Income (Income not due but received in advance).

Income A/c Dr.

To Unearned Income A/c

7. Depreciation provided on fixed assets.

Depreciation A/a Dr.

To Related Asset’s A/c

8. Interest on Capital provided.

Interest on capital A/c Dr.

To Capital A/c

9. Interested on Drawings charged.

Drawings A/c

To interest on Drawings A/c

Page 41: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 40

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Entries related to central sales Tax (CST)

(a) Central sales Tax (CST) collected on sales

Cash A/c Dr.

To Sales A/c

To Central sales Tax A/c

(b) When Central sales tax is deposited in Govt. A/c

Central sales Tax A/c Dr.

To Cash A/c

Journal Entries related to VAT (value added Tax).

(a) When VAT is paid on purchases.

Purchases A/c Dr.

VAT (Paid) A/c Dr.

To Cash A/c

(b) When VAT is collected at the time of sales.

Cash A/c Dr.

To sales A/c

To VAt (collected) A/c

(c) When VAT is paid to the Government.

VAT (collected) A/c Dr.

To Vat (paid) A/c

To Cash A/c

BOOKS OF ORIGINAL ENTRY/SPECIAL PURPOSE BOOKS

As size the business grows and number of transactions increase, it becomes

necessary for the business to divide the recording work. The books maintained

are illustrated below:

Transactions Further classification Subsidiary Books Maintained

Cash & Bank Related Only Cash Transactions Simple Cash Book

Transactions Cash & Bank Transactions Double Column Cash book

Cash payment of small amount Petty Cash Book

Page 42: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

41 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Transaction Other Credit Sale Sales Book

than Cash & Bank Credit Purchases Purchases Book

Sales Returns Sales returns Book

Purchases Returns Purchases Returns Book

Any other transaction Journal Proper

Advantages of Maintaining Subsidiary Books

Division of work

Leads to Specialization

Easy to maintain Ledger

Check on frauds

Easy to fix responsibility

Quick availability of Required information.

Cash Book

Cash book shows all the transaction related to cash receipt and payments.

Cash book serves two purpose. First, all the cash transactions are recorded first

time in cash book it becomes Book or original entry. Second, there is no need

to prepare Cash a/c in ledger it also play the role of Principal Book.

Simple Cash Book

All the cash receipts are shown in left hand side i.e. Debit side and all

the cash payments are shown in right hand side i.e. Credit Side.

Points to Remember

• Cash in hand/opening balanced of cash is shown in Dr. side of the Cash

book as “To Balance b/d”

• Only transaction of cash receipts and payments are recorded in this

book.

• This book never shows a credit balance because one can’t pay more

than the cash one have.

Page 43: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 42

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Illustrations 5 :

2013 Rs. 2013 Rs.

Jan. 1 Cash in Hand 12,000 Jan. 5 Received from Ram 3,000

Jan. 7 Paid rent 300 Jan. 8 Sold goods 3,000

Jan. 10 Paid to Shyam 7,000 Jan. 15 Purchased goods

from Mohan 5,000

Jan. 27 Purchased furniture 2,000 Jan. 31 Paid Salaries 1,000

In the Books of.....

Cash Book

Dr. Receipts Payment Cr.

Date Particulars L.F Rs. Date Particulars L.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jan. 1 To Balance b/d 12,000 Jan.. 7 By Rent A/c 300

Jan. 5 To Ram 3,000 Jan. 10 By Shyam 7,000

Jan. 8 To Sales A/c 3,000 Jan. 27 By Furniture A/c 2,000

Jan. 31 By Salaries A/c 1,000

Jan. 31 By Balance c/d 7,700

18,000 18,000

Feb. 1 To Balance b/d 7,700

Notes : One can draw the following conclusions:

1. In a Simple Cash Book only cash receipts and cash payments are

recorded. Credit transaction are not recorded. Purchases from Mohan

of Rs. 5,000 on 15th Jan is a credit purchase hence, is not recorded in

the Cash Book.

2. The debit side is always bigger than the credit side since the payments

can never exceed the available cash. This is true even for daily balances.

3. It is like an ordinary account.

CASH BOOK WITH DISCOUNT COLUMN

Where cash discounts are allowed and received respectively, additional

columns are provided on the debit side for discount allowed and on the credit

Page 44: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

43 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

side for discount received. The discount columns in the cash book are not

parts of the cash book but are memoranda (provisional) columns because

discount account is a nominal account while cash account is a real account. On

balancing the cash book, the discount columns are singly totalled but not

balanced.

Illustration 6 : Enter the following transactions in the cash book with discount

column for the month of April 2013.

1. Cash in hand Rs 50,000

11. Cash Sales Rs 25,000

12. Goods sold to Aryan on credit for Rs. 20,000

13. Purchased goods from Khushi on credit for Rs. 30,000.

14. Purchased stationary for Rs. 1,000 in cash.

25. Received from Aryan Rs. 19,500 in full settlement.

26. Paid to Khushi Rs. 29,000 as full & final payment.

27. Deposited into bank Rs. 5,000.

30. Paid to Vishal, on old creditor Rs. 9,800 and received discount of Rs. 200.

Solution :

Dr. Cash Book with Discount Columns Cr.

Date Particulars V. L.F Dis- Amt. Date Particulars V. L.F. Dis Amt.

No. count No. count

2013 2013

Apr.1 To Balance b/d 50,000 Apr.14 By stationary A/c 1,000

Apr.11 To Sales A/c 25,000 Apr.26 By Khushi A/c 1,000 29,000

Apr.25 To Aryan A/c 500 19,500 Apr.27 By Bank A/c 5,000

Apr.30 By Vishal A/c 200 9,800

Apr.30 By Bal c/d 49,700

500 94,500 1200 94,500

Page 45: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 44

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

CASH BOOK WITH DISCOUNT AND BANK COLUMN

In this case the Cash Book is ruled with there amount columns on either

side of the cash book, namely, “Discount, cash and Bank”. Cash columns in

such a case will record actual cash received in the debit side and payments in

the credit side. Cheques received should be entered on the debit side of the

bank column on the assumption that cheques received are immediately deposited

with the bank. The payments by cheques should be entered on the credit side

in bank column and also when cash is withdrawn from the bank.

IMPORTANT ENTRIES

(1) Contra Entries : These entries affect cash and bank columns both at

the same time. To indicate contra entry “C” is mentioned in the L.F column

of the cash Book. Following two cases result in Contra entries.

(a) Depositing cash into Bank Rs. 1,000 It will increase bank balance, so

bank column is debited and cash balance will decrease, so cash column

is credited.

Cash Book (Extract)

Date Particulars V. L.F. Dis- Cash Bank Date Particular V.. L.F Dis- Cash Bank

No. count No. count

To cash A/c C 1,000 By Bank A/c C 1,000

(b) Withdrawn from Bank for office use Rs. 1,000. It will increase cash

balance, so cash column is debited and bank balance will decrease, so

bank column is credited.

Cash Book (Extract)

Date Particulars V. L.F. Dis- Cash Bank Date Particular V.. L.F Dis- Cash Bank

No. count No. count

To Bank A/c C 1,000 By Cash A/c C 1,000

(2) Entries relating to cheques :

(a) When any payment is made by cheque :

It will reduce the bank balance and thus bank column will be credited.

Page 46: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

45 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

(b) When any payment is received in the form of cheque and no information

about its deposit into bank is given.

In this case it is assumed that the cheque is deposited into bank on the

same day, when it is received & so bank A/c will be debited.

(c) When any payment is received in the form of cheque and it is deposited

into bank on some other day i.e. when two dates, one for the receipt

of cheque and the other for deposit,

In this case cheque received is treated as cash received and so cash

A/c will be debited. When cheque is paid or entries are made in which

bank A/c is debited while the cash A/c is credited

Illustration 7 : Record the following transactions in the cash book with cash,

Bank and discount columns.

2013

Jan.1 Cash balance Rs. 10,000 & Bank balance Rs. 7,000.

Jan.2 Cash received from sale of furniture Rs. 8,000 and paid into Bank

Rs. 5,000.

Jan. 5 Paid to Mr. Kasana by Cheque Rs. 2,000, who allowed discount of

Rs. 50.

Jan.10 Received cheque from Mr. Nagar for Rs. 2,400 and allowed him

discount of Rs. 100.

Jan.15 Paid wages by cash Rs. 500 and salaries by cheque Rs. 1,000.

Jan.20 Deposited Mr. Nagar Cheque into Bank.

Jan.22 Dawn from Bank for office use Rs. 2,000.

Jan.25 withdraw cash Rs. 1,000 and from bank Rs. 500 for personal use.

Jan.30 Received cheque from Mr. Lohiya for Rs. 2,500 and paid into Bank

Page 47: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 46

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Solu

tion

Dr.

Cas

h B

oo

k w

ith

Dis

cou

nt,

cas

h a

nd

Ban

k C

olu

mn

s

Da

teP

art

icula

rsV.

No.

L.F

.D

isco

unt

Cash

Ba

nk

Da

teP

art

icula

rsV.

No.

L.F

.D

isco

unt

Cash

Ba

nk

20

13

Jan

.1T

o B

alan

ce b

/d10,0

00

7,0

00

Jan

.2B

y B

ank A

/cC

5,0

00

Jan

.2T

o F

urn

iture

A./

c8,0

00

Jan

.5B

y M

r. K

asan

a A

/c5

02,0

00

Jan

.2T

o C

ash A

/cC

5,0

00

Jan

.5B

y w

ages

A./

c50

0

Jan

.10

To M

r. N

agar

A/c

10

02,4

00

Jan

.15

By S

alar

ies

A/c

1,0

00

Jan

.20

To C

ash A

/cC

2,4

00

Jan

.20

By B

ank A

/cC

2,4

00

Jan

.22

To B

ank A

/cC

2,0

00

Jan

.22

By c

ash A

/cC

2,0

00

Jan

.30

To M

r. L

ohiy

a A

/c2,5

00

Jan

.25

By D

raw

ing A

/c1,0

00

50

0

Jan

.31

By B

alan

ce c

/d13,5

00

11,4

00

10

022,4

00

16,9

00

50

22,4

00

16,9

00

Page 48: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

47 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Petty Cash Book

Business has to incur small expenses which are repetitive in nature. To

save the time and efforts of head cashier, business appoints a petty cashier. He

is entrusted with the duty of paying these expenses.

Imprest System of Petty Cash Book

Under this system, Head cashier gives a fixed amount to petty cashier for

a definite period. At the end of given period, Head cashier reimburses the

amount actually spent by the petty cashier resulting the same amount with

petty cashier which he had in the beginning of the period. This can be illustrated

as under.

Gives Rs. 1,000 for a week Rs. 1,000 for a weak

Spent Rs. 900 for small expense

Balance left Rs. 100Reimburses Rs. 900

1.

2.

Balance for next weekRs. 1,000 (100 + 900)

Header Cashier Petty Cashier

Advantage of Petty Cash Book

Saving of time and efforts of Head cashier

Control on Petty expenses.

Less chances of fraud.

Illustrations 8 : Prepare a Petty Cash book on the imprest system from the

following transactions

2013 Amt. (Rs.)

Jan. 1 Received from Head cashier 500

Jan. 2 Bought stationary 50

Page 49: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 48

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Jan. 3 Paid for registered post 30

Jan. 4 Bought Pen/Pencils for office use 80

Jan. 4 Paid for Telegram 60

Jan. 5 Paid for refreshment 50

Jan. 6 Bought postal stamps 30

Solutions

Petty Cash Book

Dr. Cr. Analysis of Payments

Receipts Date Particulars V.No. Total Stationary Postage Sundries

Payments

2013

500 Jan. 1 To Cash

Jan. 2 By Stationary 50 50

Jan. 3 By Postage 30 30

Jan. 4 By Stationery 80 80

Jan. 4 By Telegram 60 60

Jan. 5 By Refreshment 50 50

Jan. 6 By Postage 30 30

500 Total 300 130 120 50

Jan. 7 By Bal c/d 200

500

200 Jan. 8 To Bal b/d

300 Jan. 8 To Cash

Note :

V.N. stands for Voucher number,

The petty cashier can prepare different columns in “Analysis of

Payments” as per his requirement depending upon the number of

transactions.

Page 50: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

49 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

SPECIAL PURPOSE SUBSIDIARY BOOKS

Purchases Books

In this book, only those transactions are recorded which are related to

credit purchases of goods in which the business deals in. Recording is made

on the basis of Bills/ Invoices issued by the Suppliers.

Transactions not in purchases Book

Purchases of goods for cash.

Purchases of Assets meant for long term, not for resale.

Illustration : Enter the following transaction in the Purchase Book of M/s

Ramesh Stationers.

2013

Aug.1 Brought from Agarwal Book House (Invoice No. 205)

25 Dozen Pencils @ Rs. 30 per dozen

20 Dozen Ball pens @ Rs. 10 per pen

Trade discount@ 10%

Aug.5 Brought furniture of Rs. 20,000 on credit from M/s Interior

Decor (Invoice No. 109)

Aug.8 Shivani Bros. sold to us (Invoice No. 626)

30 Registers @ 50 each

50 Note Books @ Rs. 20 each

Aug.17 Brought from Tushar stationers : (Cash Memo No. 101)

300 Refills @ Rs. 5 each

10 Ink pads @ Rs. 50 each

Solution :

Page 51: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 50

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

In the books of M/s Ramesh Stationers

PURCHASES BOOK

Date Particulars Inv.No. L.F. Details Amount (Rs.)

2013

Aug. 1 Agarwal Book House 205

25 Dozen Pencils @ Rs. 30 per dozen 750

20 Dozen ball Pens @ Rs. 10 per pen 2400

3150

Less : Trade Discount @ 10% 315 2835

Aug.8 Shivani Bros.

30 Resisters @ Rs. 50 each 626 1500

50 Note Books @ Rs. 20 each 1000 2500

Aug.31 Purchases A/c Dr. 5335

1. Transaction of Aug. 5 is related to credit purchases of furniture i.e. an

Asset.

2. On Aug. 17, goods bought for cash, Hence both the transaction are not

recorded in Purchases Book.

Sales Books/Sales Journal

In this book, transactions for credit sales of goods are recorded. The

source documents for this book is duplicate copy of invoice/bills issued to the

customers.

Transactions not recorded in Sales Book

Sales of goods for cash

Sales of Assets.

Illustration : from the following transactions, Prepare a Sales Book of Alvin

Furnitures.

2013

Jul.7 Sold to Anil furniture house (Invoice No. 107)

200 Tables @ Rs.150 each

Page 52: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

51 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

100 Chairs @ Rs.100 each

Trade discount @ 10%

Jul.8 Sold Air Conditioner to Ram Rs. 12,000

Jul.20 Sold to Rama Furnitures (Cash Memo no. 3001)

10 Beds @ Rs. 2,500 each

Jul.29 Sold to Jitesh Woods (Invoice No. 506)

10 Dressing tables @ Rs. 1,700 each

5 tables @ Rs. 500 each

Trade Discount @ 10%

Solution :

In the books of M/s Alvin furnitures

Sales Book

Date Particulars Inv.No. L.F. Details Amount (Rs.)

2013

Jul. 7 Anil Furniture House 107

200 Tables @ Rs. 150 each 30,000

100 Chairs @ Rs. 100 each 10,000

40,000

Less : Trade Discount @ 10% 4,000 36,000

Jul.29 Jitesh Woods 506

10 Dressing tables @ Rs.1,700 each 17,000

5 tables @ Rs 500 each 2,500

Trade discount @ 10% 19,500 17,550

1,950

Jul.31 Sales A/c Cr. 53,500

Note :

Transaction of July15 is related to sale of asset,

Sale of Rama Furniture is made for cash, hence not recorded in Sales

Book.

Page 53: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 52

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

PURCHASES RETURNS/RETURNS OUTWARD BOOK

This book includes only those transactions which are related to returns of

goods bought on credit. The goods may be returned due to various reasons

such as goods bought being defective, supply of inferior quality goods etc.

Entries in this book are made on the basis of Debit Note. A Debit note

contains the name of the supplier to whom good are returned, details of goods

returned

Illustration 11 : Enter the following transactions in the Purchases Returns

Book of Ramesh Stationary House:

2013

Aug.5 Returned to Agarwal Book House (Debit Note No. 105)

5 Dozen Pencils @ Rs. 30 per Dozen

Trade Discount @ 10%

Aug.10Returned to Shivani Bros. (Debit Note No. 106)

5 Resisters @ Rs. 50 each.

Solution :

In the books of M/s Ramesh Stationers

Purchases return Book

Date Name of the supplier Debit Note. L.F. Detail Amount (Rs.)

2013

Aug.5 Agarwal Book House 105

5 Dozen @ Rs. 30 each 150

Less : Trade Discount @ 10% 15 135

Aug.10 Shivani Bros. 106

5 Resisters @ Rs. 50 each 250

Aug.31 Purchases Returns A/c Cr. 385

Note : Trade discount will be deducted if it was allowed a the time of purchase

of goods.

Sales Returns Book

This book includes all the returns by customers of credit sales of goods.

The Credit Note is used for recording entries in this book. The credit note

contains the details of customers and goods returned.

Page 54: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

53 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Illustration 12 : From the following transactions, prepare Sales Returns Book

of Modern Furnitures for the month of July 2013:

2013

Jul.9 Returned by Anil furniture house (Credit Note No.209)

5 Table @ Rs. 150 each

10 Chairs @ Rs. 100 each

Trade discount @ 10%

Jul.30 Returned by Jitesh Woods (Credit Note No.210)

1 Dressing tables @ Rs. 1700 each

Trade discount @ 10%

Solution :

In the of M/s Modern furnitures

Sales Returns Book

Date Name of the Customers Cr. Note L.F. Details Amount (Rs.)

2013

Jul.9 Anil Furniture House 209

5 Tables @ Rs. 150 each 750

10 Chairs @ Rs.100 each 1,000

1,750

Less : Trade discount @ 10% 175 1,575

Jul.29 Jitesh Woods 210

1 Dressing tables @ Rs. 1700 each 1,700

Less : Trade Discount @ 10% 170 1,530

Jul.31 Sales Returns A/c Dr. 3,105

Page 55: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 54

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

CHAPTER-4

PREPARATION OF BANK RECONCILIATION

STATEMENT, LEDGER AND

TRIAL BALANCE

BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT

Bank Reconciliation Statement is prepared to reconcile the difference

between the bank Balance shown by the Cash Book and Bank Pass Book.

Learning objectives

(1) Meaning of Bank Reconciliation statement.

(2) Causes of Differences in Bank Balance as per Cash Book and Pass

Book.

(3) Importance of Bank Reconciliation Statement.

(4) Procedure of preparation of bank Reconciliation statement

(5) Preparation of Adjusted Cash Book.

Definition : A schedule showing the items of difference between the bank

statement and the bank column of Cash Book is known as Bank Reconciliation

Statement.

Causes of Differences in Cash Book and Pass Book

The difference may be caused by either

(A) Time gap in recording transactions or

(B) Errors Committed in recording transactions.

Page 56: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

55 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

(A) Difference Caused by the time gap

Reasons for the time gap in recording the transactions in the two books

(Cash Book and Pass Book) are as given below–

(1) Cheques issued but not yet presented for payment in the bank.

(2) Cheques deposited or paid into the bank for collection but not yet

credited by the bank.

(3) Cheques deposited but dishonoured.

(4) Interest allowed by the bank.

(5) Interest on overdraft, bank charges commission etc. charged by the

bank.

(6) Direct Deposit by the customers into the bank.

(7) Interest, Dividend etc. collected by the bank.

(8) Direct payments made by the bank on behalf of customer as per standing

instructions.

(B) Difference caused by Errors Committed

Such errors may be of two types

(1) Errors committed by the firm

(i) Cheques issued to some creditors but omitted to be recorded in

the Cash Book or recorded twice.

(ii) Cheques deposited into the bank omitted to be entered in the

Cash Book or recorded twice.

(iii) Error in totalling or balancing the bank column of the Cash

Book.

(2) Errors committed by the bank

Sometimes bank made a wrong entry in the customer’s account which

causes a difference in the two balances.

Page 57: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 56

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Need and importance

It helps in locating and rectifying the errors or omissions committed

either by the firm or by the bank.

Customer becomes sure of the correctness of the bank balance shown

by the cash book.

Facilitates the preparation of amended or revised Cash Book.

Reduces the chances of fraud by the staff of the firm or bank.

Helps in keeping a track of the cheques deposited for collection.

Procedure of Preparing Bank Reconciliation Statement

A Bank Reconciliation Statement is prepared when we get the duly

completed Pass Book from the Bank.

(1) First of all tally the Debit side entries of the cash book with the Credit

side entries of the Pass Book and vice versa.

(2) Tick the items appearing in both the books.

(3) Unticked items will be the points of differences.

(4) A BRS is then prepared by taking either the balance as per Cash Book

or Pass Book as a starting point.

Important Points

(1) If the Starting point is Cash Book Balance then the ending point will

be Pass Book Balance.

(2) If the starting point is Pass Book Balance then the ending point will be

the Balance as per Cash Book.

(3) Debit Balance as per Cash Book or Credit Balance as per Pass Book,

means that the firm has that much amount of deposit at the bank also

called favourable balance write the amount under + items.

Page 58: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

57 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

(4) Credit Balance as per Cash Book of Debit Balance as per Pass Book,

means that this much amount has been withdrawn in excess of deposit

also called overdraft or unfavorable balance write the amount under

-items.

Method of Preparing BRS Starting with the Balance/overdraft as per

Bank Column of Cash Book.

Starting Point End Point

Cash Book Pass Book

Less Balance item More Balance

More Balance –item Less Balance

Note : To get more from less means something is to be added therefore + item

& To get less from more, something is to be deducted therefore-item.

1. First of all write

Under Plus Item – If the Cash Book Balance is debit or favourable or

simple balance.

Under Minus Item – If the Credit Balance or overdraft as per Cash Book

is given.

2. Now study the point of difference.

(a) If the entry is done in the Cash Book and not in the Pass Book then.

(i) If it is done on the debit side of Cash Book. Balance in the Cash

Book will be more as compared to Pass Book and hence the

item will be – item as shown in the box above.

(ii) Where as if entry is done on the Credit side of Cash Book, the

Balance in the Cash Book will be less as compared to Pass

Book and hence the item will be + items.

(b) If the entry is done in the Pass Book and not in the Cash Book then.

(i) If done on the Credit side of Pass Book –

Pass Book Balance is more as compared to Cash Book + item.

Page 59: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 58

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

(ii) It is done on the Debit side of Pass Book–

Pass Book Balance is less as compared to Cash Book (–)

item

3. At the end + items and–items are totalled.

(a) If total of Plus Items is more than the total of (–) items Difference

is Credit Balance or favourable balance as per Pass Book.

(b) Where as if the – items total is more than the + items total Difference

is Debit Balance or overdraft as per Pass Book.

Ready Reference

Items (items which increase the Pass Book Balance or decreases the

Cash Book Balance)

(1) Cheques issued but not yet presented.

(2) Credits made by the bank for Interest.

(3) Amount directly deposited by the customers in our bank A/c.

(4) Interest and dividend collected by the bank.

(5) Cheques paid into the bank but omitted to be recorded in the Cash

Book.

Items (Items which, decreases the Pass Book Balance or increase the

Cash Book Balance)

(1) Cheques sent to the bank for collection but not yet credited by the

bank.

(2) Cheques paid into the bank but dishonoured.

(3) Direct payments made by the bank.

(4) Bank charges, commission etc. debited by the bank.

(5) Cheques issued but omitted to be recorded in the Cash Book.

Example 1 : Balance as per Cash Book is given

Prepare Bank Reconciliation statement as on 31st July 2013

(1) Dr. Balance as per Cash Book is Rs. 20,000 as on 31st Jul 2013.

Page 60: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

59 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

(2) Cheques for Rs. 5,000 were deposited into the Bank in the month of

July but only cheques for Rs. 1,000 were credited by the bank till 31st

July 2013.

(3) Cheques issued for Rs. 33,000 in July, out of which a cheque for

Rs.13,800 was presented for payment on 3rd August.

(4) Bank charged Rs. 150 as Bank charges and credited interest of Rs. 400.

(5) A customer directly deposited Rs. 2,500 in firm’s bank A/c.

(6) Bank paid the Insurance Premium of Rs. 1,200 as per standing instruction

on 25.7.2013.

Solution :

Bank Reconciliating Statement

as on 31st July 2013

Particulars +Items –Items

(Rs.) (Rs.)

(1) Balance as per Cash Book. 20,000 -

(2) Cheques deposited but not yet collected by the

bank (5,000–1,000) - 4,000

(3) Cheques issued but not yet 13,800 -

Present for payment

(4) (a) Bank Charges - 150

(b) Interest credited by the bank 400 -

(5) Directly deposited by the customers 2,500 -

not recorded in the Cash Book

(6) Insurance Premium paid by the bank not

recorded in Cash Book. - 1,200

Total 36,700 5,350

Balance as per Pass Book (36,700-5,350) 31,350 -

Page 61: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 60

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Explanation

1. Balance as per Cash Book means favourable Balance, hence + Item..

If nothing (i.e. Debit or Credit) is written the Balance given, it is

treated as favourable.

2. Cheques were deposited into the bank for Rs. 5,000 but credited by the

bank for Rs. 1,000 in the month of July, implies that cheques for Rs.

4,000 (5,000–1,000) are entered in the Cash Book but not in the Pass

Book Increasing the Cash Book Balance by Rs. 4,000 as compared to

Pass Book. Hence to get pass Book Balance from the Cash Book Rs.

4,000 will have to be deducted.

Item

3. Cheques issued but not presented for payment till 31st July is for

Rs. 13800 entered more on the credit side of Cash Book as compared to Pass

Book Cash book Balance is less by Rs. 13,800 as compared to Pass Book

Item

4. (a) Bank charges of Rs. 150 entered in the Pass Bookdecrease the

Balance of Pass Book. To reach Pass Book Balance from Cash Book Balance,

this item has to be deducted i.e. minus item.

(b) Interest credited by the Bank Rs. 400 interest in Pass Book Increases

the, balance of Pass Book, hence to reach the Balance from cash book and this

item is to be added+ item.

5. Direct deposit by a customer Rs. 2,500 Increase the Pass Book Balance

plus item.

6. Payment made by the bank for insurance premium decreases the Pass

Book Balance Minus Item.

7. Items total Rs. 36,700 is more than-item total Rs. 5,350 by Rs. 31,350

Hence the difference of Rs. 31,350 will be + item i.e. Favourable Balance or

Cr. balance as per Pass Book.

Example 2 : When overdraft as per Cash Book is given

Given

(1) Overdraft as per Cash Book is Rs. 40,500 on 30th June 2013.

Page 62: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

61 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

(2) Cheques deposited but not yet collected Rs. 12,000.

(3) Cheques issued but not yet presented for payment of Rs. 2,800.

(4) Bank charges of Rs. 50 and Interest on overdraft of Rs. 250 are charged

by the bank.

(5) A customer directly deposited Rs. 1,200 into the Bank.

(6) Insurance Premium of Rs. 1,500 is paid by the bank as per standing

instructions.

Prepare Bank Reconciliations Statement for the month of June 2013.

Solution :

Bank Recociliation Statement

as on 30th June 2013

Particulars +Items –Items

(Rs.) (Rs.)

(1) Overdraft as per Cash Book*. - 40,500

(2) Cheques deposited but not yet collected - 12,000

(3) Cheques issued but not yet 2,800 -

Presented for payment

(4) (a) Bank Charges - 50

(b) Interest on overdraft charged - 250

(5) Directly deposited by a customer in the bank. 1,200 -

(6) Insurance Premium paid by the bank not entered

in Cash Book. - 1,500

Total 4,000 54,300

Overdraft as per Pass Book 54,300-4,000 - 50,300

Overdraft means unfavorable balance or Negative Balance Hence

put it under-item.

Explanation for all other items is similar as example 1 except the

following.

Page 63: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 62

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

1. Item No. 4 (b)– Interest on overdraft decreases the Pass Book Balance

hence it is do be deducted from Cash Book Balance to reach at Pass

Book Balance – item.

2. This time the total of (–) items Rs. 54,300 is more to the total + items

is Rs. 4,000 by Rs. 50,300.

Hence this is a (–) item or in other words overdraft as per Pass Book

Case II-Starting with Pass Book Balance /overdraft.

Starting Point Ending Point

Pass Book Cash Book

Less Balance item More Balance

More Balance –item Less Balance

1. First all write under

+Item – If Cr. Balance favourable balance Simply Balance as per Pass

Book is given.

–Item – If Debit Balance or overdraft as per Pass Book is given.

2. Now study the point off difference between the Cash Book and Pass

Book.

(a) If the entry is done the Cash Book and not in the Pass Book then.

(i) If is done on the Debit side of Cash Book, Balance in the Cash

Book will be more as compared to Pass Book and hence the

item is to be added in the Pass Book Balance to get the Cash

Book Balance i.e.+Item.

(ii) Where as if the entry is done on the credit side of Cash Book

Cash Book Balance will be less as compared to Pass Book

hence(–)item

(b) If the entry is done in the Pass Book and not in the Cash Book then.

Page 64: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

63 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

(i) If it is done on the Debit side of Pass BookPass Book Balance

as less as compared to Cash Book item is to be added in Pass

Book balance to get the Cash Balance i.e. + item.

(ii) If it is done on the credit side of Pass Book : Pass book Balance

is more as compare Cash Bank book (–item).–

3. At the end + item and -item are totalled

(a) If total of (Balance) is more than the total of (–) Difference is

favourable Balance or Debit Balance as per Cash Book.

(b) Where as if the total of (–) items is more than the total of + items

Difference is unfavourable or overdraft as per Cash Book.

Ready Reference

+ Items [Items which increases the Cash Book Balance or decreases

the Pass Book Balance]

(1) Cheques deposited into the bank but dishonoured.

(2) Cheque sent for collection but not yet collected.

(3) Direct Payments made by the bank.

(4) Bank charges, commission etc. debited by the bank.

(5) Cheques issued but omitted to be recorded in the Cash Book.

–Item [Items which decreases the Cash Book Balance or increase the

Pass Book Balance]

(1) Cheques issued but not yet presented.

(2) Credits made by the bank for interest.

(3) Amount directly deposited by the customers into the Bank.

(4) Interest and dividend collected by the Bank.

(5) Cheques paid into the bank but omitted to be recorded in the Cash

Book.

Page 65: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 64

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Examples 3 : Balance as per Pass Book is given

Given (1) Balance as per Pass Book is Rs. 70,000 Point No. (2) to (6) are

same as given in example (1) Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement as on

July 31, 2013.

Solution :

Bank Reconciliation Statement

as on 31st July 2013

Particulars +Items –Items

(Rs.) (Rs.)

(1) Balance as per Pass Book (Cr). 70,000 -

(2) Cheques deposited but not yet collected

by the Bank (5,000–1,000). 4,000 -

(3) Cheques issued but not yet Presented for payment 13,800

(4) (a) Bank Charges 150 -

(b) Interest allowed by Bank. - 400

(5) Directly deposited by the customer, not recorded - 2,500

in the Cash Book.

(6) Insurance Premium paid by the Bank, not recorded

in Cash Book. 1,200 -

Total 75,350 16,700

Balance as per Cash Book 58,650 -

(75,350-16,700)

Important Points :

Starting and Ending points are reversed compared to Example No.1

Hence + items (×) items are interchanged.

Favourable balance whether of Cash Book or Pass Book is always a

+items

If + items total is more the-items total then the difference in the two

totals is always a favourable Balance

Where as if + items total is less than the - items total then the difference

in the two totals is overdraft.

Page 66: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

65 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Example 4 : Overdraft as per Pass book is Rs. 45,000 Rest of the contents

(points 2 to 6) are same as given example No.2

Prepare Bank Reconciliation Statement as on June 30, 2013.

Bank Reconciliations Statement

as on 30th June 2013

Particulars +Items –Items

(Rs.) (Rs.)

(1) Over draft as per Pass Book. - 45000

(2) Cheques deposited but not yet collected 12,000 -

(3) Cheques issued but not yet presented

for payment - 2,800

(4) (a) bank Charges not entered in Cash Book 50 -

(b) Interest on overdraft charged by the bank 250 -

(5) Directly deposited by a customer in the Bank - 1,200

(6) Insurance Premium paid by the Bank 1,500 -

Total 13,800 49,000

Overdraft as per Cash Book (49,000-13,800) - 35,200

Important Points

Overdraft whether as per Cash Book or Pass Book is always a (–)

items.

Starting and Ending points are interchanged as compared to Example

No. 2 hence + items and (–) are also interchanged.

Here (–) items total is more as compared to(+) items total, therefore,

the difference in the two balance is a negative items i.e. overdrafts as

per Cash Book.

Amended Cash Book Method

Introduction : So far we have studied the preparation of Bank Reconciliation

Statement simply by reconciling the causes of differences between the Cash

Book and Pass Book. In actual practice adjustments are done in the Cash Book

by comparing the Bank column of Cash Book with the Bank Statement and

after that, B.R. Statement is prepared. It is called Amended Cash Book Method.

Page 67: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 66

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Procedure

(1) Adjusted Cash book prepared starting with the Balance of the Cash

Book given in the question.

(2) All errors that have been committed in the Cash Book will have to be

rectified by passing adjusting entries in the Cash Book.

Usual of General Errors are

(a) Overcasting or Undercasting of Debit/Credit Column of Cash

Book.

(b) Cheques deposited or Issued but omitted to be entered in the

Cash Book.

(c) Incorrect amount (if any) entered in the Cash Book.

(d) Entries on the correct side or in the wrong column of Cash

Book.

(e) Any amount recorded twice in the Cash Book.

(3) Certain amounts for which Bank has debited our A/c will be recorded

on the Credit side of Cash Book. Such items are

(a) Interest charged by the bank on overdraft. etc.

(b) Debits made by the bank for the bank charges, commission etc.

(c) Direct payments made by the Bank on behalf of the A/c holder.

(d) Cheques sent for collection but dishonoured.

(4) Cash Book is then balanced : and the new Balance of the Cash book

is taken as the starting point for preparing the B.R. Statement.

Important :

It should be noted that the following items must not be recorded in the

Amended Cash Book.

Page 68: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

67 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4 # 2nd Proof.

Cheques deposited into the Bank but not yet credited by the Bank.

Cheques Issued but yet not presented for payment.

Example : The cash Book of Mr. Sharma showed a balance. of 3,560 as on

31st Dec. 2013 at the bank where as Pass Book showed a balance of Rs. 4,230.

Comparison of the Cash Book and Pass Book revealed the following :

(1) The Bank has debited Mr. Sharma With Rs. 460, the annual premium

of his life Policy according to his standing instructions and Rs. 20 as

Bank charges.

(2) Mr. Sharma paid into the Bank cheques totalling Rs, 3,100 on Dec. 26,

2013 of which those for Rs. 2,500 were collected in December. One

cheque for Rs. 200 was returned dishonored on 2nd Jan. 2014.

(3) The Bank has credited Mr. Sharma by Rs. 1,600, the proceeds of a bill.

(4) Cash collected on 31st Dec. 2013 totalling Rs. 850 was entered in the

Cash Book in the Bank column on the same date but banked on 2.1.2014.

(5) Mr.Sharma issued cheques totalling Rs. 2,300 in the month of Dec. out

of which cheques for Rs. 1,000 have not been presented for payment

for payment till 31st Dec.

Solution :

Amended Cash Book (Bank Column only)

as on 31st Dec. 2013

Receipt side Payment side

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

Top Balance b/d 3,560 By Drawings 460

To B/R (Proceeds of a Bill) 1,600 By Bank charges 20

By Balance c/d/ 4,680

5,160 5,160

Page 69: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 68

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-3-4# 2nd Proof.

Bank Reconciliation Statement

Particulars +Items –Items

(Rs.) (Rs.)

(1) Balance as per Adjusted Cash Book (Dr.) 4,680 –

(2) Cheques paid into the Bank but not Credited

by Dec. 31, 2013 (3,100-2,500) – 600

(3) Cheques issued but not presented till date 1,000 –

(4) Cash collected entered in the Cash Book

but not banked. – 850

Total 5,680 1,450

Balance as per Pass Book 4,230 –

(5,680-1,450)

Points to Remember

Amended or adjusted Cash Book is started with the given balance of

bank as per Cash Book.

Closing Balance of the adjusted Cash Book is the opening balance of

bank Reconciliations statement.

Entry for the dishonour of the cheques of Rs. 200 is not done.

(a) In the Cash Book as it was dishonoured after 31st Dec.

(b) In Bank Reconciliation Statement it is included in the adjustment

(Rs. 3,100-2,500)

Methodology Suggested

Teachers are suggested to show the actual Bank Statement to students and

the topic can be explained through discussion and Project Method.

Page 70: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

69 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

CHAPTER-5

LEDGER AND TRIAL BALANCE

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After studying this chapter Students will be able to tell:

Meaning and Importance of Ledger.

Format of Ledger.

Posting from Journal.

Postings from Cash Book and other Subsidiary Books.

Closing and Balancing of Ledger Accounts.

Trial Balance — Meaning, objectives and Preparation.

LEDGER

Meaning : After recording the business transactions in the Journal or

special purpose Subsidiary Books, the next step is to transfer the entries to the

respective accounts in the Ledger. Ledger is a book where all the transactions

related to a particular account are collected at one place.

Definition : The Ledger is the main or Principal book of accounts in

which all the business transactions would ultimately find their place under

various accounts in a duly classified form.

Utility of Ledger

To know the collective effect of all the transactions pertaining to one

particular account.

Page 71: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 70

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

By this classification/collective effect, we are able to know the following—

It provides complete information about all accounts.

It provides position of Assets and Liabilities.

It facilitates to prepare Trial Balance.

Important : Ledger is also called the Principal Book of Accounts

Performa for Ledger

Each ledger account is divided into two equal parts.

Left Hand Side Debit side (Dr.)

Right Hand Side Credit side (Cr.)

Name of the Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F Amount Date Particulars J.F Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

Posting in the Ledger : This will be dealt separately from Journal Entries and

each Subsidiary Book.

Case I : Posting from Journal Entries

If an account is debited in the journal entry, the posting in the ledger

should be made on the debit side of that particular account. In the

particulars column the name of the other account (which has been

credited in the Journal entry) should be written for reference.

For the A/c credited in the Journal entry, the posting in the ledger

should be made on the credit side of that particular A/c. In the particulars

column, the name of the other account that has been debited (in the

Journal entry) is written for reference.

Important

‘To’ is written before the A/cs which appear on the debit side of Ledger

“By” is written before the A/cs appearing on the credit side Ledger.

Use of these words ‘To’ and ‘By’ is optional.

Page 72: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

71 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Example 1 : Simple Journal Entry

On 1st August 2013, goods are sold for cash Rs. 12,000.

Solution :

Journal Entry

Date Particulars Dr. (Rs.) Cr. (Rs.)

2013 Cash A/c Dr. 12,000

Aug., 1 To Sales A/c 12,000

(For cash sales)

Ledger A/c

Dr. Cash A/c (extract) Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Aug.1 To Sales A/c 12,000

Sales A/c (extract)

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Aug. 1 To Sales A/c 12,000

Example 2 : Compound Journal Entry

Received Rs 14,000 in full settlement of a debt of Rs. 15,000 from Ram

on Aug 8, 2013.

Solution Journal Entry

Date Particulars Dr. (Rs.) Cr. (Rs.)

2013 Cash A/c Dr. 14,000

Aug. 8 Discount Allowed A/C Dr. 1,000

To Ram 15,000

(Cash received and discount allowed)

Page 73: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 72

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Ledger A/c

Cash Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Aug.8 To Ram 14,000

Discount Allowed Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Aug.8 To Ram 10,000

Ram’s Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Aug.8 By Cash A/c 14,000

By Discount 1,000

Allowed A/c

Case II : Ledger Postings from Cash Book

Important Points

(1) Cash Book itself serves as a cash A/c also, therefore when cash book

is maintained, cash A/c is not opened in the ledger.

(2) When Bank column is maintained in the Cash Book, Bank A/c is also

not opened in the ledger. The Bank column itself serves the purpose of

Bank A/c.

(3) Opening and closing balances of Cash Book will not be entered in the

ledger.

(4) As Cash Book serves the purpose of Cash/Bank A/c, it means that,

Page 74: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

73 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

only the second A/c (other than Cash A/c or Bank A/c) is to be opened

in the ledger and posting is to be made for each entry in the Cash Book.

Rules of Posting

(a) Posting from the Debit Side of Cash Book

Entries appearing on the debit side of Cash Book are to be posted to

the Credit Side of respective accounts in the Ledger by writing the

words.

‘By Cash A/c’ if it is from the Cash Column

By Bank A/c if it is from the Bank Column.

(b) Posting from the Credit Side of Cash Book

‘By Cash A/c’ if it is from the Cash Column

‘By Bank A/c’ if it is from the Bank Column

(c) All contra entries marked ‘C’ are ignored while posting from the

Cash Book to the Ledger because double aspect of such transactions

is completed in the Cash Book itself.

Example : Given some Cash Book entries Post them into ledger Accounts.

Date Particulars Vr. L.F. Cash Bank Date Particulars Vr. L.F. Cash Bank

(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

2013 2013

Jan 10 To Capital 40,000 - Jan,12 By Purchases 5,000 -

A/c A/c

Jan 15 To Cash A/c C - 10,000 Jan, 15 By Bank A/c C 10,000 -

Jan 22 To Cash A/c 3,000 - Jan, 25 By Sumit - 4,500

Jan 28 To Anil - 2,900 Jan, 31 By Balance C/d 28,000 8,400

43,000 12,900 43,000 12,900

Page 75: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 74

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Solution:

15th Jan. entry will not be posted (Contra Entry).

Closing Balance will not be posted in the ledger.

Capital Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Date Particulars J.F. Amt..

Rs. Rs.

2013

Jan. 10 By Cash A/c 40,000

Sales Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jan. 22 By Cash A/c 3,000

Anil’s Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Jan. 28 By Bank A/c 2,900

Purchases Account

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Jan.12 To Cash A/c 5,000

Sumit Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Jan.,25 To Bank A/c 4,500

Page 76: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

75 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Case III : Ledger posting from Purchases book

Journal Entry for Credit Purchases is

Purchases A/c Dr

To Supplier

Therefore the rules of posting from Purchases Book are.

1. The total of the Purchase Book will be posted to the Debit side of

Purchase A/c and the words “To Sundries as per Purchase Book”

will be written in the particulars column.

2. Each of the Supplier’s A/c will be Credited and the words. “By

Purchases A/c” will be written in the particulars column.

Example :

Purchases Book

Date Particulars Inv. No. L.F. Detail Total Amount

(Rs.) (Rs.)

2013

June 4 Sahil & Co. 10,000

June 14 Geeta Industries 20,000

Less : Trade Discount 20% (4,000) 16,000

June 26 Vijay & Co. 12,000

Less : 20% Trade Discount (2,400) 9,600

June 30 Purchases A/c Dr 35,600

Solution: LEDGER A/cs

Purchases Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Date Particulars J.F. Amt.

Rs. Rs.

2013

Jun.30 To Sundries as 35,600

Per Purchases

Book

Page 77: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 76

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Sahil & Co.

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Date Particulars J.F. Amt.

Rs. Rs.

2013

June 4 By Purchases A/c 10,000

Geeta Industries

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Date Particulars J.F. Amt.

Rs. Rs.

2013

June 14 By Purchases A/c 16,000

Vijay & Co.

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Date Particulars J.F. Amt.

Rs. Rs.

2013

June 26 By Purchases A/c 9,600

Case IV : Ledger Posting from Sales Book

Journal Entry for Credit sales is

Customer Dr.

To Sales A/c

Hence rules for posting from sales Book are

1. Total of the Sales book will be posted to the credit side of sales A/

c by writing the words “By Sundries as per Sales Book”

2. Customer’s personal A/cs are debited by writing the words “To Sales

A/c”

Case V : Ledger Posting from Purchase Return Book

Page 78: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

77 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Journal Entry for purchase Return is

Personal A/c of Supplier Dr.

To Purchase Returns A/c

Hence the rules for posting are

1. Supplier’s A/c (to whom the goods are returned) is debited by writing

the words “To Purchase Return A/c”)

2. The total of the Purchases return Book is credited to the Purchases

Return A/c by writing the words “By Sundries as per Purchases Return

Book”.

Case VI : Ledger Postings of Sales Returns Book

Journal Entry for the Sales Return is-

Sales Returns A/c Dr.

To Customer

Hence the Rules for Posting are

1. Individual Customer’s A/cs by whom the goods are returned are

Credited by writing the words “By Sales Return A/c.”

2. The total of the Sales Returns Book is posted to the Debit of Sales

Returns A/c by writing the words. “To Sundries as per Sales Returns

Book”.

CLOSING AND BALANCING OF ACCOUNT

Normally after every month or whenever a businessman is interested in

knowing the position of various A/cs, the accounts are balanced. Various steps

for this purposes are:

1. Debit and Credit sides of each A/c are totalled.

2. The difference between the two sides is inserted on the side which

is shorter so as to make their totals equal.

Page 79: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 78

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

3. The words ‘Balance C/d’ i.e., the balance carried down and written

against the amount of difference.

4. In the next period, the balance is brought down on the other side by

writing the words ‘Balance b/d’.

5. If the Debit side exceeds the Credit Sides the difference is a Debit

Balance where as.

6. If the Credit side exceeds the Debit side the difference is a Credit

Balance.

Important

1. Debit Balance of a Personal A/c means the person is a Debtor of the

firm whereas Credit Balance of a Personal A/c indicates that the person

is a Creditor of the firm.

2. Real A/cs (which include Cash and all other Assets A/cs) will usually

show Debit Balances.

3. Nominal A/cs (A/cs of Income and Expenses) are transferred to Trading

and Profit and Loss A/c of the firm at the end of the Accounting

Period.

4. Debit Balance of any A/c means an Asset or an Expense whereas

Credit Balance means a liability, Capital or Income earned.

TRIAL BALANCE

I. Meaning : When posting of all the transactions into the Ledger is

completed and accounts are balanced off, then the balance of each

account is put on a list called Trial Balance.

II. Definition : Trial Balance is the list of debit and credit balances taken

out from ledger. “It also includes the balances of Cash and bank taken

from the Cash Book”.

III. Preparation : Steps (Only Balance Method)

Page 80: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

79 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

(1) Ledger A/cs which shows a debit balance is put on the Debit

side of the trial balance.

(2) The A/c Showing credit balance is put on the Credit side of

Trial Balance.

(3) Accounts which shows no balance i.e. whose Debit and Credit

totals are equal are not entered in Trial Balance.

(4) Then the two sides of the Trial Balance are totalled. If they are

equal it is assumed that there is no arithmetical error in the

posting and balancing of Ledger A/cs.

Objectives or Functions of Trial Balance

It helps in ascertaining the arithmetic accuracy of ledger accounts.

Helps in locating errors.

Provides the summary of Ledger A/cs.

Helps in the preparation of Final A/cs.

Recording in the journal and Subsidiary Books, Posting into the

Ledger and Preparation of Trial Balance can be clearly understood with

the help of the example given on next pages.

Problem : Enter the following transactions in proper Subsidiary Books, post

them into Ledger Accounts, balance the accounts and prepare a Trial Balance,

2013

Jun.1 Assets : Cash in hand Rs. 50,000; Debtors : Amit and Co. Rs.

15,000, Sumit Bros. Rs. 30,000, Stock Rs. 1,75,000, Machinery Rs.

1,20,000, Furniture 40,000.

Liabilities : Bank overdraft Rs. 33,000, Creditors : Viral and Co. Rs. 24,000,

Vishal Rs. 16,000.

Jun. 2 Purchased from Ramesh and Sons goods of the list price of

Rs. 20,000 at 10% trade discount.

Jun. 5 Returned to Ramesh & Sons goods of the list price of Rs. 2,000.

Page 81: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 80

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Jun.10 Issued a cheque to Ramesh and Sons in full settlement of their

account.

Jun.12 Solid to Amit and Co., goods worth Rs. 25,000.

Jun.15 Received cash Rs. 10,000 and cheque for Rs. 8,000 from Amit and

Co. The cheque was immediately deposited into the bank.

Jun.16 Withdraw for personal use cash Rs. 5,000 and goods for Rs. 3,000.

Jun.19 Sold to Mohit Bros., goods for Rs. 16,000.

Jun.20 Cash purchases Rs. 15,000.

Jun.22 Withdraw from bank for office use Rs. 10,000.

Jun.23 Purchased from Vishal goods valued Rs. 24,000.

Jun.24 Amit and Co. returned goods worth Rs. 2,000.

Jun.25 Received from Mohit Bros. Rs. 10,000.

Jun.27 Paid by cheque, Rent Rs. 2,800.

Jun.27 Received Commission in Cash Rs. 800.

Jun.30 Paid salaries Rs. 5,000.

Page 82: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

81 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Ca

sh B

oo

k (

wit

h c

ash

an

d B

an

k C

olu

mn

s)

Dr.

Cr.

Da

teP

art

icu

lars

Vr.

.L

.FC

ash

Ba

nk

Da

teP

art

icu

lars

Vr.

No

L.F

Ca

shB

an

k

(Rec

eip

ts)

No

(Pa

ymen

ts)

20

13

(Rs.

)(R

s.)

20

11

(Rs.

)(R

s.)

Jun

e 1

*T

o B

alan

ce b

/d5

0,0

00

-Ju

ne

1*B

y B

alan

ce b

/d-

33

,00

0

Jun

e 1

5T

o A

mit

& C

o.

10

,00

08

,00

0Ju

ne

10

By R

ames

& S

ons

-16

,20

0

Jun

e 2

2*T

o B

ank

A/c

C1

0,0

00

-Ju

ne

16

By D

raw

ings

A/c

5,0

00

-

Jun

e 2

5T

o M

oh

it B

roth

ers

10

,00

0-

Jun

e 2

0B

y P

urc

has

es A

/c15

,00

0-

Jun

e 2

7T

o C

om

mis

sion

A/c

80

0-

Jun

e 2

2*B

y C

ash

A/c

C-

10

,00

0

Jun

e 2

7B

y R

ent

A/c

-2,8

00

Jun

e 3

0T

o B

alan

ce C

/d-

54

,00

0Ju

ne

30

By S

alar

ies

A/c

5,0

00

-

Jun

e 3

0B

y B

alan

ce C

/d55

,80

0-

To

tal

80

,80

06

2,0

00

To

tal

80

,80

062

,00

0

July

1T

o B

alan

ce b

/d5

5,8

00

July

1*B

y B

alan

ce b

/d-

54

,00

0

(Ban

k o

ver

dra

ft)

Note

:

1.

Entr

ies

mar

ked

wit

h *

wil

l not

be

post

ed a

ny w

her

e in

the

ledger

.

2.

Clo

sing B

alan

ces

of

Cas

h a

nd B

ank w

ill

be

show

n i

n t

he

Tri

al B

alan

ce.

3.

All

oth

er A

/cs

show

n i

n t

he

Deb

it s

ide

wil

l be

cred

ited

& A

ll o

ther

A/c

s sh

ow

n i

n t

he

Cre

dit

sid

e w

ill

be

deb

ited

.

Page 83: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 82

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Purchases Book

Date Name of the Supplier Inv. No. L.F. Detail Total Amount

(Account to be Credited) (Rs.) (Rs.)

2013

June 2 Ramesh & Sons 20,000

Less Trade Discount 10% 2,000 18,000

June 23 Vishal 24,000

June 30 Purchases A/c Dr. 42,000

Sales Book

Date Name of the Supplier Inv. No. L.F. Detail Total Amount

(Account to be Credited) (Rs.) (Rs.)

2013

June 12 Amit & Co. 25,000

June 19 Mohit Bros. 16,000

June 30 Sales A/c Cr. 41,000

Sales Return Book

Date Name of the Supplier Inv. No. L.F. Detail Total Amount

(Account to be Credited) (Rs.) (Rs.)

2013

June 24 Amit & Co. 2,000

June 30 Sales Return A/c Dr. 2,000

Purchases Return Book

Date Name of the Supplier Inv. No. L.F. Detail Total Amount

(Account to be Credited) (Rs.) (Rs.)

2013

June 5 Ramesh & Sons 2,000

Less Trade Discount 10% 200 1,800

June 30 Purchases Return A/c Cr. 1,800

Posting of opening Entries :

1. Fist of all opening Journal Entry is done in the Journal proper.

Page 84: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

83 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

2. All Assets A/cs are Debited and Liabilities A/cs are Credited. Difference

between the totals of the two sides is the Capital.

Important : Besides opening Journal entries, any transaction which is not

covered under any of the Subsidiary Book is recorded in Journal proper.

Journal Proper

Date Particulars L.F. Amount. Cr. Rs.

Dr. Cr.

2013

June 1 Cash A/c Dr 50,000

Amit & Co. Dr 15,000

Sumit Brothers Dr 30,000

Stock A/c Dr 1,75000

Machinery A/c Dr 1,20,000

Furniture A/c Dr 40,000

To Bank (Overdraft) A/c 33,000

To Virat & Co. 24,000

To Vishal 16,000

To Capital A/c (Balancing fig) 3,57,000

(opening Balances, brought forward

from the previous years books)

June 16 Drawings A/c Dr. 3,000

To Purchases A/c 3,000

(Goods withdrawn for personal use)

Ledger Accounts

Amit & Co.

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jun.1 To Balance b/d 15,000 June 15 By Cash A/c 10,000

Jun.12 To Sales A/c 25,000 June 15 By Bank A/c 8,000

June 24 By Sale Return A/c 2,000

June 30 By Balance c/d 20,000

Page 85: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 84

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

40,000 40,000

July 1 To Balance b/d* 20,000

Sumit Bros.

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

June 1 To Balance b/d* 30,000

Stock Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

June 1 To Balance b/d* 1,75,000

Machinery Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

June 1 To Balance b/d 1,20,000 June 30 By Balance/d 1,20,000

1,20,000 1,20,000

July 1 To Balance b/d* 1,20,000

Furniture Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

June 1 To Balance b/d 40,000 June 30 By Balance c/d 40,000

July 1 To Balance b/d 40,000 40,000

Page 86: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

85 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Virat & Co.

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

June 1 To Balance b/d 24,000

Balance on June 30th is Nil in this A/c (Virat & Co.) Vishal’s A/c

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

June 1 By Balance A/c 16,000

Jun.30 To Balance c/d 40,000 June 23 By Purchases A/c 24,000

40,000 40,000

July 1 By Balance b/d* 40,000

Capital Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jun.30 To Balance c/d 3,27,000 June 1 By Balance b/d 3,27,000

July 1 By Balance b/d 3,27,000

Drawings Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jun.16 To Cash A/c 5,000 June 30 By Balance b/d 8,000

Jun.16 To Purchases A/c 3,000

8,000 8,000

July 1 To Balance b/d* 8,000

Page 87: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 86

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Ramesh & Sons

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

June 5 To Purchase 1,800 June 2 By Purchase A/c 18,000

Return A/c

Jun.10 To Bank A/c 16,200

18,000 18,000

Purchases Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jun.20 To Cash A/c 15,000 June 16 By Drawings A/c 3,000

Jun.30 To Sundries as per 42,000

Purchase Book July 30 By Balance c/d 54,000

57,000 57,000

July 1 To Balance b/d* 54,000

Mohit Brothers

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jun.19 To Sales A/c 16,000 June 25 By Cash A/c 10,000

June 30 By Balance c/d 6,000

16,000 16,000

July 1 To Balance b/d* 6,000

Rent Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jun.27 To Bank A/c 2,800 June 30 By Balance c/d 2,800

Jun.30 To Balance b/d* 2,800

Page 88: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

87 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Commission Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

June 27 By Cash A/c 800

Salaries Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Jun.30 To Cash A/c 5,000

Sales Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

June 30 By Sundries as

per Sales Book 41,000

Sales Return Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

Jun.30 To Sundries as

per Sales Return

Book 2,000

Purchase Return Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013

June 30 By Sundries as

per Purchase

Return Book 1,800

Page 89: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 88

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

TRIAL BALANCE

as on 30th June, 2011

Name of the Accounts L.F Debit Credit

Balances Balances

(Rs.) (Rs.)

Cash A/c 55,800 –

Bank (overdraft) A/c – 54,000

Amit & Co. 20,000 –

Stock A/c 1,75,000 –

Machinery A/c 1,20,000 –

Furniture A/c 40,000 –

Vishal’s A/c – 15,000

Capital A/c – 3,57,000

Drawings A/c 8,000 –

Purchases A/c 54,000 –

Mohit Brothers 6,000 –

Rent A/c 2,800 –

Commission A/c – 800

Salaries A/c 5,000 –

Sales A/c – 41,000

Sales Return A/c 2,000 –

Purchase Return A/c – 1,800

Sumit Brothers 30,000 –

Virat & Co. – 24,000

Vishal – 25,000

Total 5,18,600 5,18,600

Suspense Account :

When Trial Balance does not agree, then first of all we try to locate the

errors. Sometimes, inspite of the best efforts, all the errors are not located and

the Trial Balance does not tally. Then in order to avoid delay in the preparation

of final accounts, a new account is opened which is known as “Suspense

Account” Difference in Trial Balance is posted to this Account.

Page 90: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

89 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

1. If there is Excess Debit Difference is posted

in the Trial Balance to the Credit side of Suspense A/c

2. If there is Excess Credit Difference is posted

in the Trial Balance to the Debit side of Suspense A/c.

Example :

S. Trial Balance Difference Posted to the Suspense A/c?

No. Dr. Total (Cr. Total) (Rs.) (Debit Side of Suspense A/c

(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)

1. 2,25,00 2,16,500 8,500 Credit Side of Suspense A/c

(Excess Debit)

2. 2,16,500 2,25,000 8,500 Debit Side of Suspense A/c

(Excess Debit)

Closing of Suspense A/c

The errors which led to the difference still remains to have to be located.

These errors will be rectified through Suspense A/c (One sided errors)

which will be explained in the topic Rectification of Errors.

When all the errors are rectified, this Account closes down automatically.

If the difference in Trial Balance persist, it is shown in the Balance

Sheet.

(a) Debit Balance of Suspense Account is shown in the Asset Side

of the Balance Sheet.

(b) Credit Balance of Suspense Account is shown in the Liability

Side of the Balance Sheet.

Suggested Methodology

1. Explanation and Illustration Method.

Page 91: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 90

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

CHAPTER-6

DEPRECIATION, PROVISIONS

AND RESERVES

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After studying this lesson you will be able to:

State the meaning and concept of depreciation.

Explain the need and factors affecting depreciation.

Explain the methods of charging depreciation.

Show the Accounting Treatment of Depreciation.

State the meaning of Provision and Reserve.

Differentiate between Provision and Reserve.

Teaching Methods

Teachers are advised to use various examples from daily life in order to

clear the concept of depreciation.

Depreciation : Concept

Fixed assets are held on a long term basis and used to generate periodic

revenue. That portion of assets, which is believed to have been consumed or

expired to earn the revenue, needs to be charged as cost. Such an appropriate

proportion of the cost of fixed assets is called Depreciation.

Business enterprises require fixed assets for their business operations such

as furniture and fixtures, office equipments, plant and machinery, motor vehicles,

land and building etc. In the process of converting Raw material into finished

Page 92: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

91 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

products, the fixed assets depreciate in value over a period of time, i.e. its

useful life.

In other words, the process of allocation of the cost of a fixed asset over

its useful life is known as depreciation.

Need or objectives of providing Depreciation

1. Ascertaining true profit or loss :

(i) The true profit of an enterprise can be ascertained when all

costs incurred for the purpose of earning revenues have been

debited to the profit and loss account.

(ii) Fall in the value of assets used in business operations is a part

of the cost and should be shown in the profit and loss account

of concerned accounting period.

(iii) Keeping this in view, depreciation must be debited to profit &

loss account, since loss in value of fixed assets is also an expense

like other expenses.

2. Presentation of True and Fair value of assets : If depreciation is not

provided, the value of assets shown in Balance sheet will not present

the true and fair value of assets because assets are shown at the cost

price but actual value is less than cost price of the assets.

3. To ascertain the accurate cost of the production : Depreciation is an

item of expense, the correct cost of production cannot be calculated

unless it is also taken consideration. Hence, depreciation must be

provided to ascertain the correct cost of production.

4. Computation of correct income tax :

(i) Income tax of an enterprise is determined after charging all the

costs of production.

(ii) If depreciation is not charged, the profits will be higher and the

income tax will also be higher.

Page 93: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 92

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

(iii) If depreciation is charged, Tax liability is reduced.

5. Provision of funds and replacement of assets : Depreciation is a non

cash expense. So that amount of depreciation charged to profit and loss

accounts is retained in business every year. These funds are available

for replacement of the assets when its useful life is over.

Methods of providing depreciation

1. Straight line method

(i) This method is also known as ‘original cost method’

(ii) Under this method, depreciation is charged at fixed percentage

on the original cost of the asset, throughout its estimated life.

(iii) Under this method of the amount of depreciation is uniform

from year to year. That is why this method is also known as

‘Fixed Installment Method’ or ‘Equal installment method’.

(iv) The annual amount of depreciation can be easily calculated by

the following formula:

Original cost – Estimated scrap value

Annual DepreciationEstimated life in Years

For example : A firm purchases a machine for Rs. 2,25,000 on April 1, 2013.

The expected life of this machine is 5 years. After 5 years the scrap of this

machine would be realized Rs. 25,000. Under straight line method, the amount

of depreciation can be calculated as under :

2, 25, 000 – 25, 000Annual Depreciation

5

= Rs. 40,000

Hence Rs. 40,000 will be charged every year as depreciation on this

machine.

2. Diminishing balance method : Under this method, depreciation is

charged as a fixed percentage on the book value of the asset every

Page 94: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

93 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

year. In first year the depreciation will be charged at the end of the year,

on the total cost of the asset.

For example : A machine is purchased for Rs. 2,00,000 on April 1, 2009. It

is decided to charge depreciation on this machine @ 10% p.a. The amounts of

depreciation for first four years by using both the methods (Straight line

method and Diminishing balance method) are shown as under :

Straight Line Method Diminishing balance method

Year Book Value Dep @ 10% Book Value Dep @ 10%

2009-10 20,000 2,000 20,000 2,000

2010-11 18,000 (20,000-2,000) 2,000 18,000 (20,000-2,000) 1,800

2011-12 16,000 (18,000-2,000) 2,000 16,200 (18,000-1,800) 1,620

2012-13 14,000 (16,000-2,000) 2,000 14,580 (16,200-1,620) 1,458

Hence, in Straight Line method, amount of depreciation is same but in

Diminishing Balance Method amount of depreciation goes on decreasing

every year.

Illustration 1 : On January 1, 2011, a firm bought a machine for Rs. 90,000

and spend Rs. 6,000 on its installation and Rs. 4,000 on its carriage. It is

decided to charge depreciation @ 10% on straight @ 10% on straight line

method. Books are closed on December 31st each year. Show Machinery

Account for the year 2011 to 2013.

Solution :Machinery Account

Dr. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Bank A/c 90,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 10,000

Jan 1 To Cash A/c 6,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 90,000

Jan 1 To Cash a/c 4,000

10,000 1,00,000

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 90,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 10,000

Dec 31 By Balance c/d 80,000

90,000 90,000

Page 95: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 94

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

2013 2013

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 80,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 10,000

Dec 31 By Balance c/d 70,000

80,000 80,000

Illustration 2 : On the basis of information given in Illustration I, show

machinery Account for the year 2011 to 2013 if depreciation is charged @

10% on diminishing balance method.

Solution :

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Jan 1 To Bank A/c 90,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 10,000

Jan 1 To Cash a/c 6,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 90,000

Jan 1 To Cash a/c 4,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 90,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 9,000

Dec 31 By Balance c/d 81,000

90,000 90,000

2013 2013

Jan 1 To Balance c/d 81,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 8,100

Dec 31 By Balance c/d 72,900

81,000 81,000

Illustration 3 : On April, 1, 2011 Kannu bought Machinery costing Rs. 80,000.

On only 1, 2013 Machinery was sold for Rs. 40,000. Prepare Machinery Account

assuming depreciation was charged @ 10% per annum on March 31, every

year on the basis of Original cost method.

Page 96: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

95 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Solution :

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2012

Apr 1 To Bank A/c 80,000 Mar 31 By Depreciation A/c 8,000

Mar 31 By Balance c/d 72,000

80,000 80,000

2012 2013

Apr 1 To Balance b/d 72,000 Mar 31 By Depreciation A/c 8,000

Mar 31 By Balance c/d 64,000

72,000 72,000

2013 2013

Apr 1 To Balance b/d 64,000 Jul. 1 By Bank A/c 40,000

Jul. 1 By Depreciation A/c 2,000

Jul. 1 By Loss on sale

of Mach. A/c 22,000

64,000 64,000

Illustration 4

On the basis of information given in Illustration 3, prepare Machinery

Account assuming depreciation was charged @ 15% per annum on reducing

installment method.

Solution

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2012

Apr 1 To Bank A/c 80,000 Mar 31 By Depreciation A/c 12,000

Mar 31 By Balance c/d 68,000

80,000 80,000

2012 2013

Apr 1 To Balance b/d 68,000 Mar 31 By Depreciation A/c 10,200

Mar 31 By Balance c/d 57,800

68,000 68,000

Page 97: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 96

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

2013 2013

Apr 1 To Balance b/d 57,800 Jul 1 By Bank A/c 40,000

Jul 1 By Depreciation A/c 2168

Jul 1 By Loss on sale A/c 15,632

57,800 57,800

There is another treatment for charging Depreciation. In this treatment,

Provision for Depreciation Account is opened and depreciation charged in this

account instead of Asset Account.

In this treatment the balance of Asset Account remains same throughout

its useful life. Provision for Depreciation is shown in the liabilities side of

Balance Sheet.

Illustration 5 : Vinod limited purchased a machine for Rs. 2,50,000 including

installation cost on January 1, 2011. On October 1, 2013, machine was sold

for Rs. 1,50,000. Depreciation was provided @ 10% p.a. on Fixed Installment

method and accounts are closed on December 31, each year.

Show the Machinery Account and Provision for Depreciation Account for

the year, 2011 to 2013.

Solution :

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Jan 1 To Bank A/c 2,50,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 2,50,000

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 2,50,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 2,50,000

2013 2013

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 2,50,000 Oct 1 By Provision for

Dep. A/c 68,750

Oct 1 By Bank A/c 1,50,000

Oct 1 By Profit & Loss

A/c 31,250

250,000 2,50,000

Page 98: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

97 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Dr. Provision for Depreciation Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Dec.31 To Balance c/d 25,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 25,000

2012 2012

Dec.31 To Balance c/d 50,000 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 25,000

Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 25,000

50,000 50,000

2013 2013

Oct 1 To Machinery 68,750 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 50,000

Oct 1 By Depreciation A/c 18,750

68,750 68,750

Important Point : Total Depreciation charged on Machinery from Jan 1, 2011

to Oct 1, 2013 : Rs. 25,000 + Rs. 25,000 + Rs. 18,750 = Rs. 68,750.

Illustration 6 : On the basis of information given in Illustration 5, show the

Machinery Account and Provision for Depreciation is provided @ 20% p.a. on

Written Down Value Method.

Solution :

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Jan 1 To Bank A/c 2,50,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 2,50,000

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 2,50,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 2,50,000

2013 2013

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 2,50,000 Oct 1 By Provision for

Dep. A/c 1,14,000

Oct 1 To Profit & Loss A/c 14,000 Oct 1 By Bank A/c 1,50,000

264,000 264,000

Page 99: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 98

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Dr. Provision for Depreciation Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2010 2011

Dec.31 To Balance c/d 25,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 25,000

2012 2012

Dec.31 To Balance c/d 90,000 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 25,000

Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 40,000

90,000 90,000

2013 2013

Oct. 1 To Machinery 1,14,000 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 90,000

Oct 1 By Depreciation A/c 24,000

1,14,000 1,14,000

Important Point : Total Depreciation charged on Machinery from Jan 1, 2010

to Oct 1, 2012 : Rs. 50,000 + Rs. 40,000 + 24,000 = Rs 1,14,000.

Illustration 7 : A Company purchased a machine for Rs. 40,000 on January

1, 2011. On July 1, 2012 it was sold for Rs. 13,000. The company charges

depreciation @ 10% p.a. on straight line method.

Show Machinery Account, Provision for Depreciation Account and

Machinery Disposal account if books are closed on December 31 each year.

Solution :

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Jan 1 To Bank A/c 40,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 40,000

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 40,000 July 1 By Machinery

Disposal A/c 40,000

Page 100: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

99 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Dr. Provision for Depreciation Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Dec.31 To Balance c/d 4,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 4,000

2012 2012

Dec.31 To Machinery 6,000 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 4,000

Disposal A/c

July 1 By Depreciation A/c 2,000

6,000 6,000

Dr. Machinery Disposal Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2012 2012

July 1 To Machinery A/c 40,000 Jul 1 By Prov. For Dep.

A/c 6,000

July 1 By Cash A/c 13,000

July 1 By profit & loss A/c 21,000

40,000 40,000

Important Point : Total Depreciation charged on Machine : Rs. 4,000 + Rs.

2,000 = Rs. 6,000

Illustration 8 : On July 1, 2011, Arora Auto Limited purchased Furniture for

Rs. 1,00,000 and spent Rs. 4,000 towards its installation. On April 1, 2012, the

Furniture was disposed off for Rs. 59,820 and on the same day furniture

costing Rs. 1,60,000 were purchased.

Show the Furniture Account, Provision for Depreciation Account and

Furniture Disposal Account for the year 2011, 2012 and 2013 if the rate of

Depreciation is 15% per annum by Diminishing Balance method.

Page 101: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 100

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Solution :

Dr. Furniture Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

July 1 To Bank A/c 1,00,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 1,04,000

July 1 To Bank A/c 4,000

1,04,000 1,04,000

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 1,04,000 Apr 1 By Furniture

Disposal A/c 1,04,000

Apr 1 To Bank A/c 1,60,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 1,60,000

2,64,000 2,64,000

2010 2010

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 1,60,000 Dec 31 By Balance c/d 1,60,000

Dr. Provision for Depreciation Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Dec.31 To Balance c/d 7,800 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 7,800

2012 2012

Apr.1 To Furniture 11,408 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 7,800

Disposal A/c

To Balance c/d 18,000 Apr 1 By Depreciation A/c 3,608

Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 18,000

29,408 29,408

2013 2013

Dec.31 To Balance c/d 39,300 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 18,000

Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 21,300

39,300 39,300

Page 102: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

101 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Dr. Furniture Disposal Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2012 2012

Apr 1 To Furniture A/c 1,04,000 Apr 1 By Prov. For Dep.

A/c 11,408

Apr 1 By Bank A/c 59,820

Apr 1 By profit & loss A/c 32,772

1,04,000 1.04,000

Important Point : Total Depreciation charged on Machinery sold : Rs. 7,800

+ Rs. 3,608 = Rs. 11,408.

Illustration 9 : A firm purchased on 1st January, 2011 certain Machinery for

Rs. 5,82,000 and spent Rs. 18,000 on its erection. On 1st July, 2011, additional

machinery costing Rs. 2,00,000 was purchased. On 1st July, 2013, the machinery

purchased on 1st January, 2011 was auctioned for Rs. 2,86,000 and a fresh

machinery for Rs. 4,00,000 was purchased on same date. Depreciation was

provided annually on 31st December at the rate of 10% on written down value

method. Prepare Machinery account from 2011 to 2013.

Solution :

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

DateParticulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2011 2011

Jan 1 To Bank A/c (i) 6,00,000 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c

July 1 To Bank A/c (ii) 2,00,000 (i) (600,000×10/100) 60,000

(ii) (200,000×10/100×6/12)10,000 70,000

Dec 31 By Balance c/d

(5,40,000+1,90,000) 7,30,000

8,00,000 8,00,000

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c

Page 103: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 102

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

(5,40,000+1,90,000) 7,30,000 (i) (5,40,000×10/100) 54,000

(ii) (1,90,000510/100) 19,000 73,000

Dec 31 By Balance c/d

(4,86,000+1,71,000) 6,57,000

7,30,000 7,30,000

2013 2013

Jan 1 To Balance b/d July 1 By Bank A/c (sale) 2,86,000

(4,86,000+1,71,000) 6,57,000 By Dep.

July 1 To Bank A/c (iii) 4,00,000 (4,86,000×10/100×6/12) 24,300

By P&L A/c (loss) 1,75,700

Dec 31 By Dep. A/c

(ii)(1,71,000510/100) 17,100

(iii)(400,000510/10056/12) 20,000 37,100

By Balance c/d 5,33,900

10,57,000 10,57,000

Working Notes :

Cost of 1st Machine = Rs. 5,82,000 + Rs. 18,000 = Rs. 6,00,000

Profit/Loss on sale of 1st Machine = Cost on 1st July - Sale Value

(Rs. 4,86,000 – Rs. 24,300) Rs 4,61,700 – Rs. 2,86,000

Loss on Sale of Machine = Rs. 1,75,700

Illustration 10 : The following balances appear in the books of Sankalp on

01-01-2012

Machinery A/c Rs. 8,00,000

Provision for Depreciation a/c Rs. 3,18,000

On 01-01-2012 they decided to sell a machine for Rs. 34,500. This machine

was purchased for Rs. 1,20,000 on 01-01-2008.

Show the machinery A/c, Provision for Depreciation A/c for the year

ended Dec 31, 2012 assuming that depreciation was charged at 10% p.a. on

Written Down value method.

Page 104: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

103 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Dr. Machinery Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Balance b/d 8,00,000 Jan 1 By Bank A/c 34,500

Jan 1 By Provision for

Depreciation A/c 41,268

Jan 1 By Profit & Loss A/c 44,232

Dec 31 By Balance c/d 6,80,000

8,00,000 8,00,000

Dr. Provision for Depreciation Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2012 2012

Jan 1 To Machinery A/c 41,628 Jan 1 By Balance b/d 3,18,000

Dec 31 To Balance c/d 3,17,059 Dec 31 By Depreciation A/c 40,327

3,58,327 3,58,327

Working Notes :

Depreciation charged on Sold Machinery

Cost of the Machinery on 01-01-2008 1,20,000

Less : Depreciation on 31-12-2008 –12,000

Book Value on 01-01-2009 1,08,000

Less : Depreciation on 31-12-2009 –10,800

Book Value on 01-01-2010 97,000

Page 105: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 104

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

Less : Depreciation on 31-12-2010 –9,720

Book Value on 01-01-2011 87,480

Less : Depreciation on 31-12-2011 –8,748

Book Value on 01-01-2012 78,732

Loss on sale of Machinery

Cost of sale of Machinery 1,20,000

Less : Dep. Charged till Sale –41,268

(12,000+10,800+9,720+8,748)

Book Value on 01-01-2012 78,732

Less : Sale Price –34,500

Loss on sale of Machinery 44,232

Depreciation on Remaining Machinery

Cost of Remaining Machinery (800,000–120,000) 6,80,000

Less : Accumulated Depreciation thereon till 31-12-2011 –2,76,372

(318,000–41,268)

Book Value on 01-01-2012 4,03,628

Depreciation (403,628×10/100)=40,362.8 say 40,363

Provisions

Provision is to be made is respect of a liability, which is certain to

be incurred, but its accurate amount is not known.

It is charged in the Profit and loss Account on estimate basis. It

Page 106: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

105 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

should be clearly understood that if the amount of a known liability can

be determined with reasonable accuracy, it can not a provision.

Notes : Provision is a charge against profits it means provision has to be made

irrespective of business enterprise it earning enough profits or incurring losses.

Examples of Provisions : Provision for Depreciation on assets, Provision for

Repairs and Renewals of assets, Provision for Taxation, Provision for Discount

on Debtors, Provision for Bad and doubtful Debts.

Reserves

Reserves are the amount set aside out of profits. It is an appropriation

of profits and not a charge on the profits.

The amount of profit retained is used in the business when difficult

time comes. Since reserves are neither expenses nor losses, so these are

not charged to profit & loss Account rather these are debited to Profit

& Loss Appropriation Account which is prepared after Profit and Loss

Account.

Reserves are also known as ‘Plough Back of Profits’.

Reserves are created to strengthening the financial positions of the

business enterprise.

Examples are General Reserves, Dividend Equalization Reserve etc.

If the amount of reserve is invested outside the business then, it is

called ‘Reserve Fund’.

Creation of reserve does not reduce the net profit but only reduced

the divisible profits.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PROVISIONS AND RESERVE

Basis Provision Reserve

1. Meaning It is created to meet a It is created to strengthen the financial

known liability. position of business enterprise.

Page 107: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 106

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

2. Charge or Provisions are charge Reserve is an appropriate of profit.

Appropriation against profits.

3. Objective The object is to provide It is created to strengthen the but

for known liability cannot financial position and to meet unforeseen

be calculated accurately liability.

4. Effect on It is debited to the Profit Reserve reduces divisible profits.

Profit & Hence, profit is reduced.

Loss A/c

5. Creation Provisions are to be Reserve is created out of adequate

created even if there are are profits only.

insufficient profits.

6. Mode of Provisions are created by It is created through Profit & Loss

creation debiting the Profit & loss Appropriation Account.

account.

7. Investment It cannot be invested Reserve can be invested outside the

outside the business business.

8. Necessity Creation of provision is Its creation is not necessary.

necessary as per law. It is created as a matter of prudence.

Types of Reserve

General Reserve/Revenue Reserves : If the purpose of creating the

reserve is to meet any unforeseen contingency (Liability which is not known)

in future, the reserve is called ‘General Reserve’. These are retained for strength-

ening the financial position of the enterprise. These reserves are also known

as Revenue Reserves.

Specific Reserves : Specific reserves are those reserves which are created

for a specific purpose and can be utilized only for that purpose. ‘Dividend

Equalization Reserve’ and ‘Reserve for Replacement of Asset’ are the ex-

amples of Specific Reserve.

Capital Reserve : In addition to the normal profits, capital profits are

also earned in the business from many sources. Reserves created out of capital

profits which are.

Page 108: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

107 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-5-6 # 2nd Proof.

1. Not of recurring nature.

2. Not readily available for distribution as dividend among the

shareholders.

3. These reserve can be utilized for writing off capital losses.

Capital Reserves may be created out of profits such as Profit on sale

of any fixed asset, Profit on revaluation of assets, Profit from forfeiture of

shares, Profit prior to incorporation of company.

Page 109: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 108

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

CHAPTER-7

ACCOUNTING FOR BILLS OF EXCHANGE

Learning objectives

After studying this chapter, students shall be able to:

Explain the concept of Bill of Exchange and Promissory Note.

Distinction between Bill of Exchange and Promissory Note.

Define Important terms of Bill Exchange and Promissory Note.

Record the Accounting Treatment of Bill of Exchange under different

Circumstances

Suggested Methodology

Illustration-cum-Explanation Method.

A Bill of Exchange and Promissory Note both are legal Instruments which

facilitate the credit sale of goods by assuring the seller that the amount will be

recovered after a certain. Both of these are legal instruments under the

Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881.

BILL OF EXCHANGE

“A Bill of Exchange is an instrument in writing containing an unconditional

order signed by the maker, directing a certain person to pay a certain sum of

money only to, or the order of, a certain person or to the bearer of the

instrument.”

Section 5 of the Negotiable instrument Act, 1881

Page 110: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

109 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Features of a Bill Exchange are

1. A Bill of Exchange must be in writing

2. It must contain an order (and note a request) to make payment.

3. The order of payment must be unconditional.

4. The amount of bill of exchange must be certain.

5. The date of payment should be certain.

6. It must be signed by the drawer of the bill.

7. It must be accepted by the drawee by signing on it.

8. The amount specified in the bill exchange in payable either on demand

on the expiry of a fixed period.

9. The amount specified in the bill is payable either to a certain person or

to his order or to the bearer of the bill.

10. It must be stamped as per legal requirements.

PARTIES TO A BILL OF EXCHANGE

1. Drawer : Drawer is the person who makes or writes the bill of exchange.

Drawer is a person who has granted credit to the person on whom the

bill of exchange is drawn. The drawer is entitled to receive money from

the drawee (acceptor).

2. Drawee : Drawee is the person on whom the bill of exchange is drawn

for acceptance. Drawee is the person whom credit has been granted by

the drawer. The drawee is liable to pay money to the creditor/drawer.,.

3. Payee : Payee is the person who receives the payment from the drawees.

Usually the drawer and the payee are the same person. In the following

cases, drawer and payee are two different persons.

(i) When the bill is discounted by the drawer from his bank-payee

in the bank.

Page 111: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 110

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

(ii) When the bill is endorsed by the drawer to his creditors, payee

is the endorsee.

Specimen of Bill of exchange

4Rs. 50,000 New Delhi6th August,2013

4Stamp

Three months after day pay to me or my order, the sum ofFifty thousand only

23 Value received

6

for

“Accepted,,

(Signed)

(Mukesh Chand.)(Signed)

ToMukesh ChandD-24, Sector-15Rohini Delhi-39

5SANT KANWAR151-, Sector-9Rohini Delhi-39

CONTENTS OF BILL OF EXCHANGE

1. Date : The date on which a bill is drawn, is written on the top right

corner of the bill. It helps in determining the date of maturity of the

bill.

2. Term/Tenure : Term specifies the time period for which a bill is written.

It should be specified in the body of the bill.

3. Amount : Amount in figure should be mentioned in the top lelf corner

and amount in words should be mentioned in body of the bill.

4. Stamp : Stamp of proper value depending upon the amount of bill

must be affixed on the bills of exchange.

5. Name of Parties : The name and addresses of the drawer and the

drawee should be mentioned in the bill of exchange.

Page 112: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

111 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

6. For Value Received : It means the bill has been issued in exchange of

some consideration. These words are very important because law does

not consider those agreements which have been made without

considerations.

ADVANTAGES OF BILL OF EXCHANGE

1. It helps in purchases and sales of goods on credit basis.

2. It is a legally valid Document in the eyes of law. It assures uneasier

recovery to the drawer if drawee fails to make the payments.

3. A Bill can be discounted from the bank before its date maturity. By

discounting with the bank, drawer can get the money before due date

if required.

4. It can be easily transferred from one person to another by endorsement.

5. It helps in recovery of debt without sending reminders to the debtor.

6. It assures the seller about the timely recovery of debt. So a drawer and

drawn can plan about its cash management.

PROMISSORY NOTE

A Promissory note is an instrument in writing (not beings a bank note or

a currency note) containing an unconditional undertaking signed by the maker

to pay a certain sum of money only or to the order of a certain person or to

be the bearer of the instrument.

FEATURES OF PROMISSORY NOTE

1. There must be an unconditional promise to pay a certain sum of money

on a certain date.

2. It must be signed by the maker.

3. The name of the payee must be mentioned on it.

4. It must be stamped according to its value.

Page 113: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 112

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

PARTIES TO PROMISSORY NOTE

1. The maker : The maker is the person who makes the promise to pay

the amount on a certain date. Maker of a bill must sign the promissory

note before giving it to the payee.

2. The Payee : The payee is the person who is entitled to get the payment

from the maker of promissory note. Payee is the person who has granted

the credit.

New Delh i7th Aug.2013

(Signed)Rajiv Verma95,Sector-16Rohini Delhi-85

GulabSingh18, Paschim ViharNew Delhi-63

To

Stamp

Rs. 2,00,000

Distinction between Bills of Exchange and Promissory Note:

Basis of difference Bills of Exchange Promissory Note

1. Drawer The Drawer is the creditor. The Drawer is the debtor.

2. No. Of Parties It has three parties namely: It has two parties namely:

• The drawer • The Maker

• The drawee • The payee

3. Order or It contains an order to It contains a promise to

Promise Make the payment. make the payment

4. Acceptance It is valid only when It does not require any

accepted by the drawee. acceptance from the drawee.

5. Payee It case of bill of exchange, Drawer or maker cannot

drawer can be the payee the payee of

of the bill Promissory note.

6. Noting It case of dishonour of bill Noting is not necessary

Noting becomes important. in case of dishonour of

7. Liability The liability of the drawer promissory note.

arises only if the drawee The liability of the drawer

fails to make payment (maker) is primary

Page 114: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

113 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

IMPORTANT TERMS

1. Term of Bill :.The period intervening between the date on which a bill

is drawn and the date on which it becomes due for payment is called

“Term of Bill’.

2. Due Date : Due date is the date on which the payment of the bill is

due.

(i) In case of ‘Bill at Sight’

Due date is the date on which a bill is presented for the payment

(ii) In case of ‘Bill after date’-

Due Date - Date of Drawing + Term of Bill.

(iii) In case of ‘Bill after sight’-

Due date - Date of Acceptance +Term of Bill.

3. Days of Grace : Drawee is allowed three extra days after the due

date of bill for making payments. Such 3 days are know as ‘Days of

Grace’. It is a custom to add the days of grace.

4. Date of Maturity : The date which comes after adding three days

of grace to the due date of a bill is called “Date of maturity’.

Illustration 1 : A bill of exchange for Rs. 25,000 is drawn by A on B on 1st

April, 2013 for 3 Months, B accepted the bill on 10th April, 2013.

Find the DUE DATE and DATE OF MATURITY if

Cash I : The bill is Bill After date

Cas II : The bill is Bill After Sight

Solution:

Due Date Date of Maturity

Case I -When the Bill is

“Bill After date” 1st July 2013 4th July, 2013

Page 115: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 114

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

Case II-When the Bill is

“Bill After Sight” 10th July 2013 13th July, 2013

• In case a bill is “Bill after Sight” term of bill starts from the date of

acceptance.

5. Discounting of Bill : When the bill is encashed from the bank before

its due date, it is known as discounting of bill. Bank deducts its charges

from the amount of bill and is disburses the balance amount.

Illustration 2 : Ram sold goods to shyam for Rs. 30,000 at credit on 1st April,

2013 Ram discounts the bill with his bank on 4th May 2013 @ 9% per annum

find out :

(i) The amount of discounting charges.

(ii) The amount that Ram will receive from his bank at the time of

discounting the bill.

Solution :

(i) Discounting Charges =

Amount of Bill Discounted Rate

100 Unexpired Period

9 230,000

100 12 Rs. 450

(ii) Ram will receive from his bank Rs. 29,550 (i.e. Rs.30,000–Rs. 450) at

the time of discounting the bill.

6. Endorsement of Bill : Endorsement of bill means the Process of

transferring the title of bill from the drawer or holder to their

creditors. The person transferring the title is called “ Endorser” and

the person to whom the bill is transferred called “Endorsee’. The

endorsee can further endorse the bill in favour of his creditors.

Endorsement is executed by putting the signature at the back of the

bill.

Page 116: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

115 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

7. Bill sent for Collection : It is a process when the bill is sent to bank

with instruction to keep the bill till maturity and collect its amount

from the acceptor on the date of maturity.

8. Dishonour of Bill : When the drawee (or acceptor) of the bill fails

to make payment of the bill on the date of maturity, it is called

Dishonour of Bill.

9. Noting of Bill : To obtain the proof of dishonour of a bill, it is re-sent

to the drawee through a legally authorized persons called Notary Public

charges a small fee for Providing this service known as Noting charges.

Noting charges are paid to the Notary Public first by the holder of

the bill but are ultimately recovered from the drawee, because he

is the person responsible for the dishonour.

10. Retirement of a Bill : When the drawee makes the payment of the

bill before its due date it is called ‘Retirement of a bill’. In such a

case, holder of the bill usually allow a certain amount as Rebate to the

drawee.

Amount of rebate is calculated at a fixed percentage for the unexpired

period only.

Illustration 3 : On 1st January, 2013 A sold good to B for Rs. 30,000 and

drew upon him a bill at 3 months for the amount. B accepted the bill and

returned it to A. On 4th March, Calculate the amount of Rebate.

Solution :

Rebate = Amount of Bill Rate

100 Unexpired Period

12 130,000

100 12

= Rs. 300

B will pay Rs. 29,700 (Rs 30,000–Rs.300) to A at the time of retiring the bill.

11. Renewal of a Bill : Sometimes, the drawee of a bill finds himself

unable to meet the bill on due date. To avoid dishonouring of bill, he

Page 117: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 116

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

may request the holder of the bill to cancel the original bill and draw

a new bill in place of old one. It the holder agrees, the old bill is

cancelled and a new hill with new terms is drawn on the drawee and

also accepted by him. This process is called ‘Renewal of a bill’.

In this case, Noting of the bill is not required as cancellation of the

bill is mutually agreed upon by both the parties of the bill.

Normally, the drawer charge interest for the period of new bill. The

interest may be paid in cash or may be added in the amount of new bill.

If any part payment is made at the time of renewal of a bill, interest is

calculated only on the outstanding amount.

Illustration 4 : Narender requests Rajnesh to renew his acceptance for

Rs. 25,000 for 3 month together with interest @ 18% p.a.

Calculate the amount of new bill drawn on Narender

Solution :

InterestRateAmount * Period of

Outstanding New Bill100

18 325,000 Rs.1,125

100 12

Amount of New Bill =Rs. 25,000 + Rs. 1,125

= Rs. 26,125

* Amount Outstanding = Amount of Bill cancelled- any part payment made

in cash at the time of renewal of bill

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT OF BILL TRANSACTIONS

A. On the Due Date bill is Honoured

The accounting treatment under this heading is based on the assumption

that bills duly honoured at maturity of the bill. The drawer can treat the bill

in the following ways :

Page 118: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

117 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Case-I : Bill is retained by the drawer till date of maturity

Transaction In the books of In the books of

Drawer Dravee

1. When Goods Drawee Dr. Purchases A./c Dr.

are sold on Credit To Sales A.c To Drawer

(Being goods Sold (Being goods purchased

on credit)from Drawer)

2. When Bill Bills Receivable A/c Dr. Drawer Dr.

is Drawn To Drawee To Bills Payable A/c

(Being acceptance (Being acceptance

received from drawee) given to drawer)

3. When Bills is Cash/Bank A/c Dr. Bills Payable A./c Dr.

Honoured on To Bills To Cash/Bank A/c

date of Maturity Receivable A/c

(Being payment of Bill (Being payment of bill

received from Drawee) made to drawer)

Case- II When the bill is discounted from the Bank by the Drawer

Transaction In the books of In the books of

Drawer Dravee

1. When the bill Bank A.c Dr.

is discounted Discounting

from Bank Charges A/c Dr. No Entry

To Bills

Receivable A/c

(Being bill discounted

for the Bank

2. When the bill Bills Payable A/c Dr.

is honoured on No Entry To Cash/Bank A/c

date of maturity (Being the Payment of

bill made

Note :

• Discounting charges are always recorded (i.e. debited) in the books of

Drawer.

Page 119: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 118

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

• In the books of Drawee, there is no effect of discounting the bill.

Case III : When bill is endorsed in favour of a creditor

Transaction In the books of In the books of

Drawer/Endorser Dravee

1. When bill Endorsee Dr.

is endorsed To Bills

Receivable A/c No Entry

(Being bill receivable

endorsed)

2. When bill is Bills Payable A/c Dr.

Honoured on No Entry To Cash/Bank A/c

dated of maturity (Being the payment of bill

(made)

Transaction In the Books of Endorsee

1. When bill is endorsed Bills Receivable A/c Dr.

To Endorser

(Being bill received from debtor through

endorsement

2. When bill is honoured Cash/Bank A/c Dr.

on date of maturity To Bills Receivable

(Being Bill realised on date of maturity

Case- IV When Bill is sent to the Bank for collection

Transaction In the books of In the books of

Drawer Dravee

1. When bill is Bills Sent for

sent for Collection A/c Dr.

collection To Bills No Entry

to Bank Receivable A/c

(Being bill sent for collection)

2. When the Bank A/c Dr. Bill Payable A/c Dr.

amount is To Bill Sent To Cash/Bank A/c

realised on for Collection A/c (Being bill paid

Date of (Being the bill sent for on date maturity.)

Maturity collection realised on

Maturity)

Page 120: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

119 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Note :

• There will be no effect in the books of Drawee either the bill is

discounted from the bank or endorsed to a creditor or sent to the bank

for collection. The drawee makes the payment in normal manner.

• It is only in the books of drawer where an additional entry is passed to

record the effect of the above transaction.

Illustration 5 : X sold goods to Y on 1st April, 2013 for Rs. 20,000 on credit

and drew upon him a bill for the same amount payable after 3 months. Y

accepted the bill and returned it to X. On the date of maturity bill was presented

to Y for the payment and he honoured it.

Pass the Journal Entries in the books of both the parties when:

Case I :Bill is retained by the X till the date of maturity.

Case II : Bill is discounted by X from his bank on 4th April @ 6% per annum.

Case III : Bill is endorsed in favour of Z on 4th May, 2013.

Case IV : Bill is sent to Bank for collection on 1st July, 2013.

Also record the Journal Entries in the books of Z (Case-III)

Solution :

In the book of X (Drawer)

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

April, 1 Y Dr. 20,000

To Sales A/c

(Being goods sold to Y on credit) 20,000

April, 1 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 20,000

To Y

(Being acceptance received from Y) 20,000

Case-1 When bill is retained by X

till the date of maturity

Page 121: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 120

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

July, 4 Cash/Bank A/c Dr. 20,000

To Bills Receivable A/c 20,000

(Being amount received from B

against bill)

Case-II When bill is discounted by

X from his bank

April, 4 Bank A/c Dr. 19,700

Discounting Charges A/c Dr. 300

To Bills Receivable A/c 20,000

(Being the bill discounted

from the bank, discounting

charges are

6 320,000 Rs.300

100 12

Case-III when bill is Endorsed

in favour of Z

Z Dr. 20,000

May, 4 To Bills receivable A/c 20,000

(Being bill endorsed in favour of Z)

Case-IV When bill is sent to

bank for collection

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

July, 1 Bills Sent for Collection A/c Dr. 20,000

To Bills Receivable A/c 20,000

(Being bill sent for collection to bank)

July, 4 Bank A/c Dr. 20,000

To Bill sent for

Collection A/c 20,000

(Being amount realised

from bill sent for Collection)

Note :

1. First two entries passed on April 1,2013 will be same in the books of

X (Drawer) in all the 4 cases.

2. If a bill is honoured on the date of maturity.

Page 122: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

121 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

NO ENTRY is passed on the date of maturity in the books drawer, if.

• Bill is discounted from the bank ; or

• Bill is endorsed in favour of creditor.

(in all 4 cases)

In the Books of Y (Drawee)

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

April,1 Purchases A/c Dr. 20,000

To X 20,000

(Being goods purchased

from X on credit)

April,1 X Dr. 20,000

To Bills Payable A/c 20,000

(Being the acceptance

given to X)

July,4 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 20,000

To Cash /Bank 20,000

(Being payment made

on date of maturity)

(cases-III)

In the Books of Z (Endorsee)

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2011

May,4 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 20,000

To X 20,000

(Being bill received from X

through endorsement)

July,4 Cash/Bank A/c Dr. 20,000

To Bills Receivable A/c

(Being payment received 20,000

against bill)

Page 123: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 122

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

B. When Bill is dishonoured on date of maturity.

Case I : Bill is retained by the drawer till date of maturity.

Transaction In the Books of Drawer In the Book of Drawee

When bill is Drawee Dr. Bills Payable A./c Dr.

dishonoured To Bills Noting charges A/c Dr.

Receivable A/c To Drawer

To cash A/c (with (Being bill dishonoured)

noting charges)

(Being bill dishonoured

Note :

Entry passed in the book of Drawee will be SAME in all cases.

Case II : Bill is discounted from the Bank

In the books of Drawer

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

Drawee Dr.

To Bank A/c

(Including noting charges)

(Being bill discounted from

bank dishonoured)

Case III- When bill is endorsed in favour of a creditor

(At the time of Dishonour of a Bill)

In the books of Drawer

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

Drawee Dr

To Endorsee

(Including noting charges)

(Being bill dishonoured,

Earlier endorsed in favour

of creditor

Page 124: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

123 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

(At the time of Dishonour of a Bill)

In the books of Drawer

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

Endorser Dr

To Bills Receivable A/c

To Cash A/c (Noting charges)

(Being bill dishonoured, received

through endorsement)

Case IV : When bill is sent for collection to Bank

(At the time of Dishonour of a Bill)

In the books of Drawer

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

Drawee Dr

To Bills Sent for

Collection A/c

To Bank A./c (Noting charges)

(Being bill sent to bank for

collection, dishonoured)

Notes :

1. Same Entry is passed in the books of Drawee at the time of dishonour

of a bill/

2. In the books of Drawer

(At the time of Dishonour of Bill)

Drawee Dr. (In all Cases)

To Bills Receivable A/c (Case-I)

To Cash A/c (Noting Charges)

OR

To Bank A/c (case -II)

(Including Noting Charges)

OR

To Endorsee A/c (case-III)

(Including Noting charges)

Page 125: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 124

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

OR

To Bills Sent for Collection A/c (case-IV)

To Bank A/c (Noting Charges)

Illustration 6 : A sold good to B on April 1, 2013 for Rs. 20,000 on credit

and drew upon him a bill for the same amount payable after 3 months. B

accepted the bill and returned into to A. On the due date bill was dishonoured.

Case I : Bill is retained by A till the date of maturity.

Case II : Bill is discounted by A from his bank on 4th April, 2013 @ 6% per

annum.

Case III : Bill is endorsed in favour of C on April, 4th, 2013.

Case IV : Bill is sent to bank for collection on July 1, 2013.

Solution:

In the books of A (Drawer)

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

April, 1 B Dr 20,000

To Sales A/c 20,000

(Being goods sold to B

on credit)

April,1 Bill Receivable A/c Dr. 20,000

To B 20,000

(Being bill received from B)

Case-I : When bill is retained by A

July, 4 B Dr. 20,000

To Bills Receivable A/c 20,000

(Being bill received from B

dishonoured)

Case -II : When bill is discounted

from the Bank

Page 126: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

125 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

April, 4 Bank A/c Dr. 19,700

Discounting Charges A/c Dr. 300

To Bills Receivable A/c 20,000

(Being bill discounted from the

Bank ; discounting charges are

62000 300)

100

July, 4 B Dr. 20,000

To Bank 20,000

(Being bill discounted from,

dishonoured on date of maturity)

Case-III : When bill is endorsed in

favour of ‘C’

April, 4 C Dr. 20,000

To Bills Receivable A/c 20,000

(Being bill endorsed in favour of C)

July, 4 B Dr. 20,000

To C 20,000

(Being bill received from B and

endorsed to C dishonoured on

maturity date)

Case - IV : When bill sent for

collection

July, 1 Bill Sent for Collection A/c Dr. 20,000

To Bills Received A/c 20,000

(Being bill received from B sent

for collection)

July, 4 B Dr. 20,000

To Bills Sent for Collection A/c 20,000

(Being bill sent for collection to bank,

dishonoured on date of maturity.

In the Books of (Drawee) (In All Cases)

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

April, 1 Purchases A/c Dr 20,000

To A 20,000

(Being goods purchased on credit)

Page 127: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 126

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

April, 1 A Dr. 20,000

To Bill Payable A/c 20,000

(Being acceptance give to A)

July, 4 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 20,000

To A 20,000

(Being bill Payable to

A dishonoured on date of Maturity)

Illustration 7 : A sold goods to B on May 1st, 2013 for Rs. 30,000 on credit

and drew upon him a bill for the same amount payable after 2 months. B

accepted the bill and returned it to A. On date of maturity, B fails to make

payment of bill. Noting charges amounted to Rs.100.

Pan Journal Entries in the books of A and B if.

Case 1: A retains the bill till the date of maturity and also paid the noting

charges.

Case 2: A discounts the bill from his bank on 4th June @12% per annum.

Noting charges has been paid by bank.

Case 3: A endorses the bill in favour of C on June 1. C paid the noting

charges.

Case 4: A sent the bill to his bank for collection on July 1. Bank paid the

noting charges.

Solution

In the Books of a (Drawer)

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

May, 1 B Dr 30,000

To Sales A/c 30,000

(Being goods sold to B on Credit)

May, 1 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 30,000

To B 30,000

(Being acceptance received from B)

Case 1 : When A retains the bill

Page 128: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

127 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

July, 4 B Dr. 30,100

To Bills Receivable A/c 30,000

To Cash A/c 100

(Being bill dishonored and noting

charges paid by A)

Case 2 : When bill is discounted

from the bank

June, 4 Bank A/c Dr. 29,700

Discounting Charges A/c Dr. 300

To Bills Receivable A/c

(Being bill discounted from the 30,000

bank, discounting charges amount

to12 1

* 30,000 Rs. 300)100 12

July, 4 B Dr. 30,100

To Bank A/c 30,100

(Being bill discounted from bank

dishonoured and noting charges

Paid by bank)

Case 3 : When bill is endorsed

in favour of C

June, 1 C Dr. 30,000

To Bills Receivable A/c 30,000

(Being bill sent to bank for

collection)

July, 4 B Dr. 30,100

To C 30,100

(Being bill received from B and

endorsed to C dishonoured on

maturity)

Cash 4 : When bill sent for collection

July, 1 Bill Sent for Collection A/c Dr. 30,000

To Bills Receivable A/c 30,000

(Being bill sent to bank for

collection)

Page 129: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 128

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

July, 4 B Dr. 30,100

To Bills Sent for

Collection A/c 30,000

To Bank 100

(Being bill received from B

dishonoured on maturity)

In the Book of B (DRAWEE)

(in all Cases)

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

May, 1 Purchases A/c Dr 30,000

To A 30,000

(Being goods purchased from A)

May, 1 A Dr. 30,000

To Bills Payable A/c 30,000

(Being acceptance given to A)

July, 4 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 30,000

Noting Charges A/c Dr. 100

To A 30,100

(Being bill dishonoured and

noting charges debited)

C. Renewal of a Bill

Transaction In the Books of Drawer In the Book of Drawee

Cancelling the Drawee Dr. Bills Payable A./c Dr.

Original Bill To Bills Receivable A/c To Drawer

(Being the cancellation of bill (Being the bill payable cancelled)

receivable)

Recording Drawee Dr. Interest A/c Dr.

Interest for To Interest A/c To Drawer

extended (Being interest charged for (Being interest payable for

Period extended period) extended period)

Page 130: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

129 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Part Payment Cash or Bank A/c Dr. Drawer Dr.

Received/made To Drawee To Cash Bank A/c

(Being the part payment (Being the part payment

received) received)

New Bill Bills Received A/c Dr. Drawer Dr.

Drawn To Drawee To Bills Payable A/c

Accepted (Being a new bill drown) (Being a new bill accepted)

Note :

No Entry for Noting charges is passed at the time of cancellation of

original bill because both the parties are mutually agreed the old bill.

Illustration 8 : On 1st April, 2013 Anil accepts a bill drawn by Sunil for 2

months for Rs. 15,000, in payment of a debt. On the date of maturity bill was

dishonoured and Sunil had to pay Rs. 150 as noting charges. On the 4th June

2013, Anil requested to Sunil to draw a new bill for the amount due. Sunil

agreed to draw a new bill for 73 days but he charged interest @ 15% per

annum in cash. This bill is duly met on its maturity.

Pass Journal entries in the books of both the parties.

Solution :

In the books of Sunil

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

April, 1 Bills Receivable A/c Dr 15,000

To Anil 15,000

(Being acceptance received)

June, 4 Anil Dr. 15,150

To Bills Receivable A/c 15000

To Cash A/c 150

(Being bill dishonoured and noting

charges paid)

Page 131: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 130

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

June, 4 Anil Dr. 454.50

To Interest A/c 454.50

(Being interest charged)

15 7315150 )

100 365

June, 4 Cash A/c Dr. 454.50

To Anil 454.50

(Being interest received in cash)

June, 4 Bills Received A/c Dr. 15,150

To Anil 15,150

(Being a new bill drown M Anil

and acceptance received)

Aug., 19 Bank A/c Dr. 15,150

To Bills Receivable A/c 15,150

(Being amount received on

Maturity of bill)

In the books of Anil (DRAWEE)

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

April, 1 Sunil Dr. 15,000

To Bills Payable 15,000

(Being acceptance gave)

June, 4 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 15,000

Noting Charges A/c Dr. 150

To Sunil 15,150

(Being bill dishonoured and

noting charges due)

June, 4 Interest A/c Dr. 454.50

To Sunil 454.50

(Being interest payable to Sunil)

Page 132: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

131 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

June, 4 Sunil Dr. 454.50

To Cash A/c 454.50

(Being interest paid in cash)

June, 4 Sunil Dr. 15,150

To Bills Payable A/c 15,150

(Being acceptance of new bill given)

Aug., 19 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 15,150

To Bank A/c 15,150

(Being bill accepted, paid on

maturity

Illustration 9 : P sold goods to Q for Rs. 10,000 on January 1, 2013 and on

the same day draws a bill on Q for the same amount for 3 months. Q accept

it and returns it to P, who discounts it on 10th January, 2013 with his bank for

Rs. 9850. The acceptance is dishonoured on the due date and the Noting

charges were paid by bank being Rs.50.

On 4th April, Q paid Rs. 2,050 (including Noting charges) in cash and

accepted new bill at 3 months for the amount date P together with interest @

12% per annum.

Make Journal Entries in the books of P and Q to record transaction.

Solution :

Journal of P

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

Jan., 1 Q Dr. 10,000

To Sales A/c 10,000

(Being goods sold to Q)

Jan., 1 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 10,000

To Q 10,000

(Being acceptance received)

Jan.,10 Bank A/c Dr. 9,850

Discounting Charges A/c Dr. 150

To Bills Receivable A/c 10,000

(Being bill discounted from Bank)

Page 133: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 132

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

April 4 Q Dr. 10,050

To Bank 10,050

(Being bill discounted from bank

dishonoured and noting charges

Paid by bank)

April 4 Cash A/c Dr. 2,050

To Q 2,050

(Being part payment received in cash)

April 5 Q Dr. 240

To Interest A/c 240

(Being interest charged)

12 3Rs. 8000 )

100 12

April 4 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 8,240

To Q 8,240

(Being a new bill drawn on

Q together with interest)

Journal of Q (DRAWEE)

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

Jan. 1 Purchases A/c Dr. 10,000

To P 10,000

(Being goods purchased on credit)

Jan. 1 P Dr. 10,000

To Bills Payable A/c 10,000

(Being acceptance given to P)

April 4 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 10,000

Noting Charges A/c Dr. 50

To P 10,050

(Being bill dishonoured and noting

charges due)

April 4 P Dr. 2,050

To Cash A/c 2,050

(Being part payment made in cash)

Page 134: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

133 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Interest A/c Dr. 240

To P 240

(Interest payable for 3 months)

April 4 P Dr. 8,240

To Bills Payable A/c 8,240

(Being acceptance given to P)

D. Retiring a bill under Rebate

Transaction In the Books of Drawer In the Book of Drawee

When Drawee Cash/Bank A/c Dr. Bills Payable A./c Dr.

retires the bill Rebate A/c Dr. To Cash/Bank A/c

before date of To Bill Receivable A/c To Rebate A/c

maturity (Being the amount received (Being the amount paid before

before date of maturity and date of maturity and rebate

rebate allowed. received.)

Note :

1. In the books of Drawer, Rebate Account is DEBITED because it is a

loss for Drawer.

2. In the books of Drawee, Rebate Account si CREDITED because it is

a gain for Drawer.

Illustration 10 : Mukesh sold goods to Jitender on July 1,2013 for Rs. 30,000

and drew a bill for the same amount for 3 months. Jitender accepted the bill

and returned it to Mukesh, Jitender retired his acceptance on 4th August, 2013

under rebate of 8% per annum. Give Journal entries in the books of Mukesh

and Jitender.

In the books MUKESH

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

July 1 Jitender Dr. 30,000

To Sales A/c 30,000

(Being goods sold on credit)

Page 135: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 134

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

July 1 Bill Receivable A/c Dr. 30,000

To Jitender 30,000

(Being acceptance received)

Aug. 4 Cash A/c Dr. 29,600

Rebate A/c Dr. 400

To Bills Receivable A/c 30,000

(Being amount received on bill

before maturity and rebate allowed,

Rebate 2 8

Rs. 30,000 Rs. 400)12 100

In the books of JITENDER

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

July 1 Purchases A/c Dr. 30,000

To Mukesh 30,000

(Being goods purchased on credit)

July 1 Mukesh 30,000

To Bills Payable A/c 30,000

(Being acceptance given to Mukesh

Aug. 4 Bill Payable A/c Dr. 30,000

To Cash A/c 29,600

To Rebate A/c 400

(Being acceptance retired with rebate)

Illustration II : Rajiv sold goods to Pankaj for Rs. 40,000 on January 1st,

2013. On the same date Rajiv drew a bill of the same amounted 3 months on

Pankaj. The bill was accepted by Pankaj. Rajiv discounted the bill with his

bank on 4th February, 2013 @ 12% per annum. On date of maturity, the bill

was dishonoured and Noting charges Rs. 200

Pankaj agreed to Pay Rs. 10,200 and accepted another bill for the remaining

amount for 3 months together with interest @ 9% per annum. On due date

Pankaj make the payment.

Give Journal Entries in the books of Rajiv and Pankaj.

Page 136: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

135 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Solution

In the books of RAJIV (DRAWER)

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

Jan. 1 Pankaj Dr. 40,000

To Sales A/c 40,000

(Being goods sold on credit)

Jan. 1 Bill Receivable A/c Dr. 40,000

To Pankaj 40,000

(Being acceptance received)

Feb. 4 Bank A/c Dr. 39,200

Discounting Charges A/c Dr. 800

To Bill Receivable A/c 40,000

(Being bill discounted from

bank and discounting charges

are Rs. 800 :

12 240,000 )

100 12

April 4 Pankaj Dr. 40,200

To Bank A/c 40,200

(Being bill dishonoured and noting

charges paid by bank).

April 4 Cash A/c Dr. 10,200

To Pankaj 10,200

(Being part payment received

from Pankaj)

April 4 Pankaj Dr. 675

To Interest A/c 675

(Being Interest charged on

remaining amount :

9 330,000 )

100 12

Page 137: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 136

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

April 4 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 30,675

To Pankaj 30,675

(Being new acceptance received)

July 7 Cash A/c Dr. 30,675

To Bills Receivable A/c 30,675

(Being bill met on maturity)

In the books of PANKAJ (DRAWEE)

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

Jan. 1 Purchases A/c Dr. 40,000

To Rajiv 40,000

(Being goods purchased on credit)

Jan. 1 Rajiv Dr. 40,000

To Bills Payable A/c 40,000

(Being acceptance given)

April 4 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 40,000

Noting Charges A/c Dr. 200

To Rajiv 40,200

(Being bill dishonoured and

noting charges due)

April 4 Rajiv Dr. 10,200

To Cash A/c 10,200

(Being part payment made)

April 4 Interest A/c Dr. 675

To Rajiv 675

(Being interest due)

April 4 Rajiv Dr. 30,675

To Bills Payable A/c 30,675

(Being the new acceptance

given to Rajiv)

July 4 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 30,675

To Cash A/c 30,675

(Being bill met on maturity)

Page 138: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

137 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Points of Remember

1. When calculating Date of Maturity the following point must be

considered:

(i) In case “Bill at Sight” or “Bill on demand” 3 days of grace are

NOT allowed.

(ii) When the term of bill is mentioned in no of days, then

Date of drawing the bill is not included.

Date of payment is included in determining date of

maturity.

If date of maturity falls on a day which is public holiday,

the maturity date of the bill shall be “PROCEEDING

DAY’.

If maturity date is on an emergent holiday declared under

the Negotiable Installment Act. 1881, the next. working

day immediately after the holiday will be considered as

the date of maturity.

(iii) When the period is stated in months the date of maturity shall

be calculated in terms of calender months ignoring the no. of

days in a month.

2. Noting Charges

(i) Noting charges are not inexpensive for the drawer.

(ii) It is always debited as ‘Noting charges’ in the books of drawee.

(iii) Noting charges are recovered by drawer from drawee.

(iv) Noting charges are paid only when noting of the bill is necessary

at the time of DISHONOUR of bill.

(v) Noting of the bill is NOT required when the bill is CANCELLED

with the mutual consent of both the parties, specially at the time

of RENEWAL of Bill.

Page 139: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 138

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

CHAPTER-8

RECTIFICATION OF ERRORS

Introduction

Accounts are prepared by accountant, a human being is likely to commit

mistakes at time of recording and posting in the books. However, such errors

are located after some time and should be corrected by passing corrective

journal entry, which is known as rectification if errors.

Learning Objectives : After studying this topic the students will be able to:

Explain Types of Errors and their examples

Rectify the Errors : Two i.e. Errors not affecting Trial Balance and One

sided i.e. Errors which affect Trial Balance.

To Explain Meaning and Utility of Suspense A/c

Maintain Suspense A/c.

Important : The errors whether affecting the Trial Balance or not must be

detected and rectified.

Need of Rectification

1. For the preparation of correct Accounting Records.

2. Preparation of P & LA/c with corrected figures to ascertain correct

Profit or Loss.

3. To find out the true financial position of the firm by preparing Balance

Sheet with corrected figures.

Page 140: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

139 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Classification of Errors

(on the basis of Nature)

Type of Error with Meaning Sub-Types with Examples

1. Error of Omission (a) Error of Complete Omission

(When a transaction is completely Goods sold to X on Credit but not recor-

or partially omitted to be record ded in Sales Book.

in the books) (b) Partial Commission

Purchase machinery Rs. 5,000 in cash

recorded in cash Book but not recorded in

Machinery A/c

II. Error of Commission (a) Error of Recording in the Book of

Original Entry

(These errors are caused due to Goods purchased from Ravi for Rs. 450,

wrong recording of transactions, Goods as Rs. 540, in the Purchases Book

wrong totalling of subsidiary (b) Wrong Totalling of Subsidiary Book

books or Ledger A/cs, Wrong Example : Purchase Book has been

posting and wrong carry forward) undercast (short totalled) by Rs.100.

(c) Error in Totalling or Balancing of

Ledger A/cs*

Example : Creditors A/c has been

balanced short by Rs. 500.

(d) Error of Posting

(i) Posting to the wrong side but correct

account.

Goods sold to X for Rs. 550, entered to the

credit of X’s A/c instead of posting to the

debit side of his account.

(ii) Posting with wrong amount.

(iii) Posting twice in an A/c/

(iv) Errors in posting to the wrong A/c

but correct side don’t affect Trial

Balance.

(e) Error in carrying forward.

Total of purchase book Rs. 2,500 is carried

forward as Rs. 2050

III. Errors of Principal. (a) Treating capital items as revenue item

(These errors are caused due to Example :Wages paid for the installation

Page 141: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 140

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

the violation of accounting of anew machinery charged to Wages A/c

principles i.e. allocation between instead of machinery A/c.

Capital and Revenue items. (b) Treating Revenue Items as Capital Item

Example : Rs. 200 paid for the repairs of

an old Machinery but debited to Machinery

A/c instead of Repairs A/c.

IV. Compensating Errors Example : Cash paid to Ram Rs. 5,000

(Two or ore errors committed but debited him as Rs. 500 and paid to

such a way that the net effect Mohan Rs. 500 but debited him as Rs. 5,000

of these errors is nil). so, net effect will be nil.

TYPES OF ERRORS FROM RECTIFICATION POINT OF VIEW

From Rectification point of view, errors are classified into the following

two categories only :

Case I : Errors which don’t affect the Trial Balance

or

Two Sided Errors

Case II : Errors which affect the Trial Balance

Or

one Sided Errors.

Errors don’t Affecting Trial Balance

(1) Errors of complete commission.

(2) Wrong recording in the books of original entry.

(3) Complete ommission from posting.

(4) Errors of posting to the wrong A/c but on the correct side.

(5) Compensating errors.

(6) Errors of principle.

Page 142: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

141 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Errors Affecting Trial Balance

Shown by Star in the Table showing.

1. Error in totalling of subsidiary books as undercast or over cast.

2. Error in the balancing of ledger accounts.

3. Error in posting to the correct Account but wrong amount.

4. Error of partial ommission.

Rectification of Errors

When the errors are detected, these have to be rectified in the books of

accounts. Rectification of errors depends upon.

The type of error and

The time of depiction of an error.

Time of Depiction of an error means.

(i) Errors of detected before the preparation of Trial Balance.

(ii) Errors detected after preparing Trial Balance but before preparing final

Accounts.

(iii) Errors detected after preparing Final Accounts.

Rectification of Errors detected after preparing Final Accounts is not in

the syllabus. Hence we will discuss only type (i) and (ii)

RECTIFICATION OF TWO SIDED ERRORS

Two sided errors are those errors which affect two sides of Accounts.

These errors don’t affect trial Balance as discussed earlier.

These Errors are rectified by passing a Journal entry irrespective of the

time of depiction. In other words their rectifying entry will be same whether

(a) the error si depicted before Trial Balance or (b) after the preparation of

Trial Balance but before the Final A/cs are prepared.

Page 143: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 142

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

Steps for Rectification

(1) Locate the effect of Error on Different Accounts.

(2) The Account showing excess credit should be Debited.

(3) The Account showing excess Debit should be Credited.

(4) The Account showing short Debit should be Debited.

(5) The Account showing short Credit should be Credited.

Examples (with Explanation)

(I) When an account has wrongly been debited in place of another A/c.

Rectification will be done by debiting the correct account and Crediting

the A/c which was wrongly debited.

Example : Machinery purchased for Rs. 10,000 has been debited to Purchases

A/c

Solution : Here two accounts are affected

Machinery A/c is not debited hence its debit side is short by Rs. 10,000

whereas purchases A/c debited by mistake. Purchases A/c debit side is

in excess by Rs. 10,000.

While rectifying this mistake Machinery A/c will be debited by Rs.

10,000 because it was not debited earlier and Purchases A/c will be

credited because it was wrongly debited.

Rectifying Entry is

Machinery A/c Dr. 10,000

To Purchases A/c 10,000

(For purchases of machinery

wrongly debited to Purchases A/c)

(II) When an account has wrongly been Credited in place of another

account.

Page 144: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

143 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Example : Rs. 5,000 received from the sale of old furniture has been Credited

to Sales A/c.

Solution : This error also affects the two A/c

Furniture A/c is not Credited hence its credit side is short by Rs. 5,000.

Sales A/c is credited by mistake its credit side is excess of Rs. 5,000.

Therefore fore rectifying this mistake Sales A/c will be debited because

it was wrongly Credited and Furniture A/c which was not Credited

earlier will now be credited by Rs. 5,000.

Hence Rectifying entry is

Sales A/c Dr. 5,000

To Furniture A/c 5,000

(Sales of old Furniture

wrongly Credited to Sales A/c)

(III) When there is a short debit in one A/c and a short Credit another

A/c.

Example : Goods sold to Seema for Rs. 540 was entered in the Sales Book

as Rs. 450.

Solution :

Here Seema’s A/c is debited by Rs. 90 short and Sales A/c is credited

by Rs. 90 short.

(Instead of Rs. 540 by Rs. 450)

Therefore rectification will be done by Debiting Seema’s A/c and

Crediting Sales A/c. Hence Rectifying entry is:

Seema Dr. 90

To Sales A/c 90

(For Goods sold to Seema for

Rs. 540 wrongly entered Rs.450)

Page 145: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 144

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

(IV) When there is an Excess Debit in one A/c and Excess Credit in

another A/c.

Example : Goods purchased from Mohan for Rs. 300 was recorded in Purchases

Book as Rs. 3,000.

Solution :

Here Purchases A/c is Debited by Rs. 3,000 instead of Rs. 300, i.e. Rs.

2,700, more.

Mohan’s A/c is also Credited by Rs. 2,700 more.

Rectification will be done by debiting Mohan’s A/c and Crediting

purchases A/c by Rs. 2,700, i.e., the entry in the reverse direction.

Rectifying Entry

Mohan Dr. 2,700

To Purchases A/c 2,700

(For Purchase of goods from Mohan for

Rs. 300 wrongly entered Rs.3,000)

Problem :

Rectify the following Errors :

(1) Rs. 5,000 Paid for furniture purchased has been debited to purchases

account.

(2) Wages paid Rs. 7,000 for installation of new machinery were recorded

in wages account.

(3) Goods sold to Hari Rs. 10,000 not recorded.

(4) Rs. 2,500 received from Monu has been credited to Sonu A/c.

(5) Rent paid Rs. 1,000 wrongly debited to Landlord Account.

(6) Credit Purchase from Raman Rs. 15,000 were wrongly recorded in

sales book.

(7) Credit sales to Geeta Rs. 8,.800 were recorded as Rs, 8,800

Page 146: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

145 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

(8) Goods Rs. 5,000 withdrawn by proprietor has not been recorded.

Solution :

Error No. Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

1. Furniture A/c Dr. 5,000

To Purchases A/c 5,000

(The furniture purchase wrongly

debited to purchase A/c)

2. Machinery A/c Dr. 7,000

To wages A/c 7,000

(The wages for installation machinery

wrongly debited to wates A/c

3. Hari Dr. 10,000

To Sales A/c 10,000

(The goods sold to Hari not recorded.)

4. Sonu Dr. 2,500

To Monu 2,500

(The amount wrongly credited to Sonu

instead of Monu)

5. Rent A/c Dr. 1,000

To Landlord 1,000

(The rent paid but wrongly debited to

landlord A/c)

6. Purchases A/c Dr. 15,000

Sales A/c Dr. 15,000

To Raman 30,000

(The Credit purchase but wrongly

credit to sale A/c.

7. Geeta Dr. 800

To sales A/c 800

The Credit sales to Geeta Rs.8800

but recorded 8000

8. Drawings A/c Dr. 5,000

To Purchases A/c 5,000

The goods withdraw by Proprietor for

personal use

Page 147: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 146

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

Important : Rectification of double sided errors can easily be understood by

the students. These are rectified by passing the journal entries as given

irrespective of the time of detection of the errors.

RECTIFICATION OF ONE SIDED ERRORS

These errors affect only one side of An Account either debit or credit.

Therefore these errors the Trial Balance.

Rectification of these errors is done differently, in these two cases i.e.

(i) Before preparing the Trial Balance

(ii) After preparing the Trial Balance

Case 1 : Rectification of one sided errors before preparing Trial Balance.

When there errors are rectified before preparing Trial Balance i.e.

transferring the difference in the Trial Balance to the Suspense Account.

(Which will be explained later on), then it is done directly by debiting or

crediting the concerned ledger account.

Fore Short Debit Concerned A/c is Debited.

Fox Excess Credit Concerned A/c is Debited

For Short Credit Concerned A/c is Credited

For Excess Debit Concerned A/c is Credited

Example : (1) Purchases Book understand by Rs. 150

Analysis : It means that the total of the Purchases, Book is Rs. 150 short.

This total is posted to purchases A/c- Debit side

Hence Purchases A/c is debited short by Rs. 150

No effect on any other A/c

Therefore purchases A/c will be debited by Rs. 150 to rectify this error

as given below.

Page 148: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

147 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Purchases A/c

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

To Undercast of 150

purchase book

Here debit side of the Purchase A/c was short therefore the rectification

is done by debiting the A/c.

Example 2 : Purchases Book is overcast by Rs. 300

Analysis

Means total of the Purchases Book is in excess by Rs. 300 which is

posted to the debit side of purchases A/c

Hence purchases A/c is debited in excess by Rs. 300.

No effect on any other A/c.

Therefore to rectify this error Rs. 300 will be credited to purchases A/

c (i.e. opposite side)

Purchases A/c

Date Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

By Overcast of 300

Purchases Book

Here debit side of the purchases A/c was in access, therefore the

rectification is done by entering the amount on the opposite side i.e.,

Credit side of the Purchases A/c.

Case II : Rectification of one Sided Error after Preparing Trial Balance

When the errors are detected after the preparation of Trial Balance then

every single sided error is rectified by passing a Journal entry through Suspense

Account.

For short Debit Income Account Debit that Account and Credit

the Suspense A/c

Page 149: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 148

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

Excess Credit in one Account Debit that Account and Credit the

Suspense A/c

Short Credit in one AccountCredit that A/c and Debit the Suspense A/c

Excess Debit in one AccountCredit that A/c and Debit the Suspense A/c

Example : Hence for the same error as given in example No. in case I, the

following Journal Entry will be passed.

Rs. Rs.

Purchases A/c Dr. 150

To Suspense A/c 150

(For undercast of purchase book,

now corrected)

Example 4 : Sales Book was undercast by Rs. 200

Analysis

Sales book totalled short by Rs. 200 which is posted to the credit side

of sales A/c.

Therefore Sales A/c credit side is short by Rs. 200.

Hence rectification will be done by crediting the sales A/c and Debiting

the Suspense A/c by Rs. 200.

Rs. Rs.

Suspense A/c Dr. 200

To Sales A/c 200

(For undercast of Sales Book, now corrected)

Note : When nothing is mentioned in the question about the time of detection

of an error, the student are advised to rectify one sided errors through Suspense

A/c.

Problem :Rectify the following error

(A) Without opening a Suspense A/c

Page 150: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

149 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

(B) By passing Journal entries through Suspense A/c.

(1) Rs. 5,000 paid to Mohit were entered in the cash Book but

omitted to be posted to the ledger.

(2) Rs. 5,000 paid to Mohit were debited to his A/c as Rs. 500.

(3) Rs. 5,000 paid to Mohit were debited to his A/c as Rs. 50,000.

(4) Rs. 5,000 paid to Mohit were credited to his A/c

(5) Rs.5,000 paid to Mohit were credited to his A/c as Rs. 500.

(6) Sales Book was overcast by Rs. 2,000

(7) Sales Return Book undercast by Rs. 4,000

(8) Purchase Return Book undercast by Rs. 5,000.

Solution :

(A) Without opening a suspense A/c. These errors are rectified in the

concerned ledger A/c, as these errors before trial Balance.

(1) Mohit’s A/c will debited by Rs. 5,000 as it is a case of partial

ommission.

(2) Mohit’s A/c was debited Rs. 45,000 (5,000-500) therefore the

rectification will be done by debiting Mohit’s A/c by 4,500.

(3) Mohit’s A/c was debited in excess by Rs. 45,000 (50,000-5,000)

therefore ratification will be done by crediting the Mohits A/c

by Rs. 45,000.

(4) Mohit’s A/c was credited by Rs. 5,000 instead of debited by Rs.

5,000 therefore rectification will be done by debiting Mohit’s

A/c by Rs. 10,000 (5,000+5,000)

(5) Mohit’s A/c was wrongly credited by Rs. 500 instead of debiting

it by Rs. 5,000, so rectification will be done by debiting the

Mohit’s A/c by 5,500.

Page 151: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 150

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

(6) Sales book overcast means sales A/c is credited is excess by Rs.

2,000. Hence rectification will be done by debiting sales A/c by

2,000.

(7) Sales Return Book total undercast by Rs. 4,000 means sales

return A/c is a debited short by Rs. 4,000 Hence rectification

will be done by debiting sales Return A/c by 4,000.

(8) Purchase Return Book undercast by Rs. 5,000 means purchase

Return A/c is credited short by Rs. 5,000.

Hence rectification will be done by crediting the purchase Return

A/c by Rs. 5,000

(B) By opening suspense A/c.

Rectifying Journal Entry

Error No. Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

1. Mohit Dr. 5,000

To Suspense A/c 5,000

(For cash paid to Mohit committed

to be posted to his A/c)

2. Mohit Dr. 4,500

To Suspense A/c 4,500

(for Mohit A/c was debited with excess

amount)

3. Suspense A/c Dr. 45,000

To Mohit 45,000

(fro Mohit A/c was debited with

excess amount)

4. Mohit, Dr. 10,000

To Suspense A/c 10,000

(For posting to Mohit’s A/c

was done on wrong side

5. Mohit Dr. 5,500

To Suspense A/c 5,500

Page 152: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

151 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

(For posting made with wrong

wrong amount and wrong side)

6. Sales A/c Dr. 2,000

To Suspense A/c 2,000

(For overcast of sales Book rectified)

7. Sales Return A/c Dr. 4,000

To Suspense A/c 4,000

(For undercast of sales return book

rectified)

8. Suspense A/c Dr. 5,000

To Purchase Return A/c 5,000

(For undercast of purchase return

Book, rectified)

Suspense Account and its Disposal

In the chapter of Trial Balance we have learn about the Suspense A/c

Important

When inspite of all the efforts the Trial Balance does not tally, the

difference is put to a newly opened account named Suspense A/c.

Suspense A/c is an imaginary account, opened temporarily for the

purpose of reconciling a Trial Balance.

Later on when the errors affecting the Trial Balance are located,

rectification entries are passed through the Suspense A/c.

When all the errors are located and rectified, the Suspense A/c will be

auto material closed i.e., it will show zero balance.

But if suspense A./c still shows a balance it will indicate that some

errors are still to be discovered and rectified.

Problem : An accountant of a trading concern could not agree the Trial Balance.

There was an excess credit of Rs. 100 which he transferred to the suspense A/c

The following errors were subsequently discovered.

(1) Received Rs. 550 from X, were posted to the debit of his account.

Page 153: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 152

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8 # 2nd Proof.

(2) Rs.100 being purchase return were pointed to the debit of purchases A/c.

(3) Discount received Rs. 200 Correctly entered in the Cash Book but

posted to the debit of the discount A/c.

(4) Salary paid Rs. 3,500 to X were posted to the salary A/c as Rs 2,500.

(5) A purchase of Rs. 400 has been passed through Sales Book. However

the customer’s account has been correctly credited.

Give Rectifying entries and Suspense A/c

Rectifying Journal Entries

Date No. Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

1. Suspense A/c Dr. 1,100

To X 1,100

(Amount received from X was Posted

to the wrong side now corrected)

2. Suspense A/c Dr. 200

To Purchase A/c 100

To Purchase Returns A/c 100

(For the purchases return wrongly posted

to the purchases A/c)

3. Suspense A/c Dr. 400

To Discount A/c 400

(Discount received was posted to the

wrong side of discount A/c)

4. Salary A/c Dr. 1,000

To Suspense A/c 1,000

(Salary paid was posted to Salary A/c

with lesser amount)

5. Purchases A/c Dr. 400

Sales A/c Dr. 400

To Suspense A/c 800

(Purchases has been passed through sales

book but the customer’s A/c has been

correctly credited)

Page 154: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

153 [XI – Accountancy]

Twinkle Graphics#Laxmi Printers-2013 #Accounts-7-8# 2nd Proof.

Dr. Suspense A/c Cr.

Date/Error Particulars J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

To Difference in 100 (4) By Salary A/c 1,000

the Trials Balance (5) (i) By Purchases A/c 400

(ii) By Sales A/c 400

(1) To X 1,100

(2) To Purchases A/c 100 Balance c/d Nil

(3) To Return A/c 100

(4) To Discount A/c 400

1,800 1,800

Since the Balance of the suspense A/c is nil, indicates that all the errors

have been certified.

Suggested methodology

Discussion Explanation method is suggested.

Page 155: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 154

CHAPTER-9

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP

Learning Objectives

After studying this lesson you will be able to;

State the nature of the financial statements;

Distinguish between the capital and revenue expenditure and receipts;.

Explain the concept of trading and profit and loss account and its

preparation;

State the nature of gross profit, net profit and operating profit;

Describe the concept of balance sheet and its preparation;

Explain grouping and marshalling of assets and labilities;

Prepare profit and loss account and balance sheet of a sole proprietor

firm.

Teaching methodology

For teaching this topic the teacher should use discussion method,

explanation method, illustration method etc.

Financial Statements

Financial statements serves as a means of communicating information

about the profitability (income statement) and the financial position (Balance

Sheet) of the business in a concise and understandable manner at the end of

accounting period.

Financial statements include these statements :

Page 156: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

155 [XI – Accountancy]

(i) Income statement (Trading and Profit and Loss Account)—prepared

to ascertain gross profit and net profit/loss during an accounting period.

(ii) Statement of Financial Position (Balance Sheet)—prepared to

ascertain position (assets, liabilities and capital) of an enterprise at a

particular point of time.

(iii) Schedules and notes forming part of Balance sheet and Profit and

Loss A/c—to give detail of various items shown in both the statements.

Capital Expenditure

The non-recurring expenditure whose benefit is derived by he business

for more than a year is called Capital Expenditure.

It includes amount spent or liabilities incurred to acquire or improve

any fixed assets or acquiring any legal rights or first-time expenses incurred

to make fixed assets workable e.g. purchase of machinery/building/furniture

etc., expenses incurred to acquired Patients, Trade-mark etc. and expenditure

incurred for getting an asset ready to use (like installation exp., carriage, first

time expenses incurred on second hand fixed asset for making it ready to use).

Capital expenditures are recorded on the assets side of the Balance

sheet.

Revenue Expenditure

The recurring and routine nature expenditures which are incurred for

operating the business smoothly and which help to maintain business’s

earning capacity, are called Revenue expenditure e.g. expenses incurred for

producing finished goods such as direct expenses, purchase of raw material

and other expenses as rent, salary, repairs etc.

The benefit of these expenses last in one year (give benefit up to one

year). These expenses are shown in Debit side of income statement (trading

and profit and loss account).

Page 157: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 156

Deferred Revenue Expenditure

The expenditure which is revenue in nature, but the heavy amount

spent and benefit likely to be derived over a number of years called deferred

revenue expenditure e.g. heavy expenses on advertising on launching of a new

product and hence it is capitalized like any fixed asset. Sometimes heavy

losses due to natural calamities can also be treated as deferred revenue expenses.

Accounting treatment of Deferred Revenue Expenditure

As per matching principle, expenses incurred in an accounting period

are matched with the revenue recognized in that accounting period. So the

whole deferred revenue expenditure should be spread over the number of years

over which benefit is likely to be derived.

During the current accounting year (a) Only that portion of the

expenditure should be charged to the profit and loss account which has

facilitate the enterprise to earn revenue during current year (b) Remaining

amount of expenditure be carried forward to the next year and shown in the

assets side of balance sheet (It is also called a fictitious asset).

Capital Receipt

Capital receipts are those irregular receipts that don’t affect profit or

loss of business; it either increases the liabilities (raising of loan) or reduces

the fixed assets (by sale of fixed assets), so it will be shown in balance sheet.

Capital receipts are not made available for distribution of profit to the

owner.

Revenue Receipt

Revenue receipts are received in the normal and regular course of

business like Receipts from sale of goods and rendering services to customers.

Income from non-operating business activities (like income from investment

i.e. interest and dividend received and rent received, Commission and other

fees received for non-operating business etc. These receipts increases profit

and shown in the credit side of the Trading and Profit and Loss account.

Page 158: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

157 [XI – Accountancy]

Types of Expenses

Direct Expenses : Those expenses which are incurred on purchasing of

goods and for converting raw material into the finished goods e.g.

Manufacturing wages, Expenses on purchases (including all duty and tax

paid on purchases), Carriage/Freight/Cartage inwards, Production expenses (such

as power and fuel, water etc.), factory expenses (e.g. lighting, rent and rates),

Royalty based on Production etc.

Note : All direct expenses are debited to Trading account.

Indirect Expenses : Those expenses which are not directly related to

production or purchase of the goods are called indirect expenses. It includes

those expenses which are related to office and administration, selling and

distribution of goods and financial expenses etc.

These expenses are shown in the debit side of the Profit and Loss A/c.

Calculation of Gross Profit

Gross Profit = Net Sales – Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold = Opening Stock + Purchases + Direct Expenses –

Closing Stock.

Calculation of Operating Profit

Operating profit = Net sales – Operating cost

Or = Gross Profit – (Office and Administrative Expenses +

Sell ing and distribution exp.)

Operating Cost = Cost of Goods Sold + Office and Administrative Expenses

+ Selling and distribution exp.

Net Profit = Operating Profit + Non-operating profit – Non-operating expenses.

Operating expenses : The expenses which are related to the main or normal

activities of the business e.g. office and Administrative expenses, selling and

distribution expenses Operating profit is also called EBIT (Earnings before

interest and taxes).

Page 159: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 158

Illustration 1

Calculate the amount of operating profit from the following balances:

Rs.

Net sales 5,00,000

Cost of goods sold 3,00,000

Operating Expenses 1,20,000

Solution

Operating Cost = Cost of Goods Sold + Operating expenses

= Rs. 3,00,000 + Rs. 1,20,000

= Rs. 4,20,000

Operating profit = Net sales – Operating cost

= Rs. 5,00,000 – Rs. 4,20,000

= Rs. 80,000

FORM OF TRADING ACCOUNT

TRADING ACCOUNT

Dr. For the year ended...... Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Opening Stock By Sales

To Purchases Less : Return Inwards

/Sales Returns

Less : Purchases Returns By Closing Stock

To Wages/Wages and Salaries By Gross Loss

To Carriage Inwards (Transferred to Profit &

Loss Account)

To Freight Inwards

To Gas & Fuel

To Power & Water

To Factory Rent & Rates

To manufacturing Expenses

Page 160: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

159 [XI – Accountancy]

To Import and Customs Duty

To Royalties on Production

To Gross Profit (Transferred to

Profit & Loss Account)

Illustration 2: Calculate the value of closing stock from the following

information:

Rs. Rs.

Purchases 93,000 Wages 20,000

Sales 1,20,000 Carriage Outward 3,200

Rate of Gross Profit 40% on sales

Solution :

Trading Account

Dr. for the year ended........ Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Purchases 93,000 By Sales 1,20,000

To Wages 20,000 By Closing Stock (Bal. Fig.) 41,000

To Gross Profit (Transferred to

Profit & Loss Account) 48,000

1,61,000 1,61,000

Illustration 3 : This information is provided by Mr. Ojas

Stock as on 01.04.,2012 Rs. 20,000

During the year Sales was Rs. 4,00,000; Purchases Rs. 2,90,000;

Carriage Inwards Rs. 8,000; Clearing charges Rs. 10,000; Sales Returns Rs.

3,000; Purchases Returns Rs. 4,000; Carriage Outwards Rs. 5,000 and

Stock on 31,03.2013 was Rs. 30,000.

Calculate cost of goods sold and prepare Trading Account for the year

ending 31.03.2013.

Page 161: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 160

Solution :

Trading Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2013 Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Opening Stock 20,000 By Sales 4,00,000

To Purchases 2,90,000 Less : Sales Returns (3,000) 3,97,000

Less: Returns 4,000 2,86,000 By Closing Stock 30,000

To Carriage Inwards 8,000

To Clearing Charges 10,000

To Gross Profit (Transferred to

Profit & Loss Account) 1,03,000

4,27,000 4,27,000

Cost of goods sold = Net Sales – Gross Profit

= Rs. 3,97,000– Rs. 1,03,000

= Rs. 2,94,000

Formal of Profit & Loss Account

Profit & Loss Account

Dr. For the Year Ended......... Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Gross Loss By Gross Profit

(Transferred from Trading A/c) (Transferred from Trading A/c)

Office & Admin. Expenses By Rent Received

To Salaries By Discount Received

To Rent Rates Taxes By Rebates

To Printing and Stationery By Commission Received

To Salaries & Wages By Interest Received

To Postages and Telephones By Dividend Received

To Office Lighting By Bad Debts Recovered

To Insurance Premium By Apprentice fees or premium

To Legal Expenses By Gain on Sale of Fixed Asset

To Audit Fees By Miscellaneous Receipts

Page 162: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

161 [XI – Accountancy]

To Travelling Expenses By Net Loss (If Dr. side>Cr. side)

Selling & Distribution Exp. (Transferred to capital Account)

To Carriage and Freight Outwards

To Commission

To Brokerage

To Advertisement

To Publicity

To Bad Debts

To Export Duty

To Packing Expenses

To Salaries of Salesman

To Delivery Van Expenses

Financial Exp.

To Interest paid on loans

To Discounts Allowed

To Rebate Allowed

To Bank Charges

Miscellaneous Exp.

To Repairs

To Depreciation on Fixed Assets

To Entertainment Expenses

To Donations & Charity

To Loss on Sale of Fixed Assets

To Stable Expenses

To Loss by Fire

To Loss by theft

To Unproductive Expenses

To Net Profit Transferred to

Capital Account

(If Cr. side > Dr, side)

Illustration 4 : From the following information, prepare a Profit & Loss

Account for the year ending 31st March 2013:

Gross Profit Rs. 70,000; Rent Rs. 5,000; Salary Rs. 15,000; Wages

Rs. 8,000; Commission paid Rs. 7,000; Interest on loans Rs. 5,000; Advertising

Page 163: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 162

Rs. 3,000; Discount Received Rs. 2,000; Printing & Stationery Rs. 1,000;

Legal charges Rs. 2,500; Bad Debts Rs. 1,500; Depreciation s. 1,000; Income

received on Investment rs. 3,000; Loss by Fire Rs. 2,200; Bad Debts recovered

Rs. 200; Freight outward Rs. 600; Audit Fee Rs. 450.

Solution :

Profit and Loss A/C

Dr. for the year ended 31.03.2013 Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Rent 5,000 By Gross Profit 70,000

To Salary 15,000 By Discount received 2,000

To Commission 7,000 By Bad debts Recovered 200

To Interest on Loans 5,000 By Income from Investment 3,000

To Advertising 3,000

To Printing and

Stationery 1,000

To Legal Charges 2,500

To Bad Debts 1,500

To Depreciation 1,000

To Loss by Fire 2,200

To Freight outward 600

To Audit Fee 450

To Net Profit 30,950

(to transferred to Capital A/C

75,200 75,200

Illustration 5 : From the following balances obtained from the accounts of

Mr. Ranjeet, Prepare the Trading and Profit & Loss Account:

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

Stock on April 01,2012 8,000 Bad debts 1,200

Purchases for the year 22,000 Rent 1,200

Sales for the year 42,000 Discount (Dr.) 600

Wages 2,500 Commission paid 1,100

Salaries & Wages 3,500 Sales Expenses 600

Advertisement 1,000 Repairs 600

Page 164: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

163 [XI – Accountancy]

Closing stock on March 31, 2013 is Rs. 4,500.

Books of Mr. Ranjeet

Trading and Profit & Loss Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2013 Cr.

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

Opening stock 8,000 Sales 42,000

Purchases 22,000 Closing stock 4,500

Wages 2,500 Gross Profit c/d 14,000

46,500 46,500

Salaries and Wages 3,500 Gross Profit b/d 14,000

Rent 1,200

Advertisement 1,000

Commission 1,100

Discount 600

Bad debts 1,200

Sales Expenses 600

Repairs 600

Net Profit

(transferred to capital) 4,200

14,000 14,000

GROUPING AND MARSHALLING OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Grouping : The term ‘Grouping’ means putting together items of a similar

nature under a common heading. For example, under the heading ‘trade

Creditors’ the balances of the ledger accounts of all the suppliers from whom

goods have been purchased on credit, will be shown.

Marshalling : It refers to the order in which the various assets and liabilities

are shown in the Balance Sheet. The assets and liabilities can be shown either

in the order of liquidity or in the order of permanence.

Order of Liquidity

1. The assets are arranged in the order of their liquidity i.e., the most

liquid asset (e.g., cash-in-hand), is shown first. The least liquid asset

(e.g., goodwill) is shown last.

Page 165: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 164

2. The liabilities are arranged in the order of timing i.e., the liabilities

which are to be paid immediately (e.g., Creditors) are shown first and

which are to be paid later are shown at last (long-term loans).

A general format of a Balance Sheet in order of liquidity is shown

below:

Balance Sheet of ..............

Dr. As at ........... Cr.

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Current Liabilities: Current Assets:

Bank Overdraft Cash-in hand

Bills Payable Cash at Bank

Outstanding Expenses Bills Receivable

Sundry Creditors Sundry Debtors

Income received-in-advance Prepaid Expenses

Accrued Income

Long-term Liabilities: Closing Stock

Loan Investment:

Capital: Fixed Assets:

Opening balance xxxx Furniture an Fixture

Add: Net Profit xxxx Plant & Machinery

(Less: Net Loss) Building

Less: Drawing (xxxx) Land

Goodwill

Order of Permanence : This order is exactly reverse of the liquidity order.

1. The assets are arranged in the order of their permanence i.e., the least

liquid asset (e.g., goodwill) is shown first and the most liquid asset

(e.g., Cash-in-hand) is shown last.

2. The least urgent payment to be made (e.g., short-term creditors) is

shown last.

3. A company is required to prepare the balance sheet in order of

permanence.

Page 166: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

165 [XI – Accountancy]

A general format of a Balance Sheet in the order of performance is

shown below :

Dr. Balance Sheet of ........ as at ......... Cr.

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Capital : Fixed Assets:

Opening Balance xxxx Good will

Add: Net Profit xxxx Land

(Less: Net Loss) Building

Less: Drawings (xxxx) Plant & Machinery

Long-term Liabilities: Furniture & Fixtures

Loan Investment:

Current liabilities: Current Assets:

Income received-in-advance Closing stock

Sundry Creditors Accrued income

Outstanding Expenses Prepaid expenses

Bills Payable Sundry Debtors

Bank Overdraft Bills Receivable

Cash at Bank

Cash in Hand

Adjustment in preparation of financial statements of Sole-proprietor

Meaning of Adjustment entries : Those entries which need to be passed

at end of the accounting year to show the accurate profit or loss and fair

financial position of the business.

Need of Adjustment : There are number of transactions that may not find

the place in the Trial Balance due to any reason such as Closing Stock (because

it is valued at the end of the year), Manager’s Commission based on Net

profits (because its calculation requires preparation of Income Statement first).

These transactions can only be taken into account by passing Adjustment

entries so that their impact on the profitability and financial position can be

shown.

Closing Stock : the closing stock represents the cost of unsold goods

lying in the stores at the end of the accounting period.

Page 167: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 166

Outstanding Expenses : When expenses of an accounting period remain

unpaid at the end of an accounting period, they are termed as outstanding

expenses.

As they relate to the earning of revenue during the current accounting

year, it is logical that they should be duly charged against the revenue for

computation of the correct amount of profit or loss.

Prepaid Expenses : At the end of the accounting year, it is found that the

benefits of some expenses have not yet been fully received; a portion of its

benefit would be received in the next accounting year. This portion of expenses,

is carried forward to the next year and is termed as prepaid expenses.

Accrued Income : It may sometime happen that certain items of income

such as a interest on loan, commission, rent, etc. are earned during the current

accounting year but have not been actually received by the end of the same

year. Such incomes are known as accrued income.

Income Received in Advance : Sometimes, a certain income is received

but the whole amount of it does not belong to the current period. The portion

of the income which belongs to the next accounting period is termed as income

received in advance or an Unearned Income.

Depreciation : It is the decline in the value of assets on account of wear

and tear and passage of time. It is treated as a business expense and is debited

to profit and loss account.

This, in effect, amounts to writing-off a portion of the cost of an asset

which has been used in the business for the purpose of earning profits.

Closing Stock Closing Stock A/c Dr. (i) Credit side of Trading A/c.

To Trading A/c (ii) Show on the assets side of

BALANCE SHEET.

Outstanding/Unpaid Expenses A/c Dr. (i) Add to the concerned item on

Expenses to Outstanding Expenses the Debit side of Trading/Profit

& Loss A/c.

(ii) Shown on the liabilities side of

BALANCE SHEET.

Prepaid expenses/ Prepaid Expenses A/c Dr. (i) Deduct from the concerned

Unexpired expenses To Expenses A/c expenses on the debit side of

Profit & Loss A/c

Page 168: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

167 [XI – Accountancy]

(ii) Show on the assets side of

BALANCE SHEET.

Accrued income/ Accrued Income A/c Dr. (i) Add to the concerned income on

Income due but not To Income A/c Credit side of Profit and Loss A/c

received (ii) Show on the assets side of

BALANCE SHEET.

Unearned income/ Income A/c Dr. (i) Deduct from the concerned

Income received in To Unearned Income A/c income on the credit side of

Advance Profit & Loss A/c

(ii) Show on the liabilities side of

Balance Sheet.

Depreciation Depreciation A/c Dr. (i) Show on the debit side of Profit

To Asset A/c & Loss A/c

(ii) Deduct from the concerned asset

in the Balance Sheet.

Note : Sometimes the opening and closing stock are adjusted through purchases

account. In that case, the entry recorded is as follows :

Closing stock A/c Dr.

To Purchase A/c

This entry reduces the amount in the purchases account and is also known

as adjusted purchases which is shown on the debit side of the trading and

profit and loss account.

When the opening and closing stocks are adjusted through purchases, the

trial balance does not show any opening stock. Instead, the closing stock shall

appear in the trial balance (not as additional information or as an adjustment

item) and so also the adjusted purchases.

Illustration 6 : The following were the balances extracted from the books of

Kanta as on March 31, 2013.

Debit Balance Rs. Credit Balance Rs

Cash in hand 540 Sales 98,780

Cash at bank 2,630 Return 500

Purchases 40,675 outwards

Return inwards 680 Capital 62,000

Wages 8,480 Sundry 6,300

Page 169: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 168

Fuel and Power 4,730 creditors

Carriage on sales 3,200 Rent 9,000

Carriage on purchases 2,040

Opening stock 5,760

Building 32,000

Freehold land 10,000

Machinery 20,000

Salaries 15,000

Patents 7,500

General expenses 3,000

Insurance 600

Drawings 5,245

Sundry Debtors 14,500

176580 176580

Taking into account the following adjustments, prepare Trading and Profit

ad loss account and Balance Sheet as on March 31, 2013 :

(a) Stock in hand on March 31, 2013 was Rs. 6,800.

(b) Machinery is to be depreciated at the rate of 10% and patents @ 20%.

(c) Salaries for the month of March, 2013 amounting to Rs. 1,500 were

outstanding.

(d) Insurance includes a premium of Rs. 170 on a policy expiring on

September 30, 2013.

(e) Rent receivable Rs. 1,000.

Solution :

Books of Kanta

Trading and Profit and Loss Account

for the year ended March 31, 2013

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

Opening stock 5,760

Purchases 40,675 Sales 98,780

Less Return outwards (500) 40,175 Less Return inwards 680 98,100

Wages 8,480 Closing stock 6,800

Page 170: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

169 [XI – Accountancy]

Fuel and Power 4,730

Carriage on purchases 2,040

Gross profit c/d 43,715

1,04,900 1,04,900

Salaries 15,000 Gross profit b/d 43,715

Add Outstanding salaries 1,500 16,500 Rent 9,000

Carriage 3,200 Add Accrued rent 1,000 10,000

General expenses 3,000

Insurance 600

Less Prepaid insurance (85)

515

Depreciation : machinery 2,000

Patent 1,500 3,500

Net profit 27,000

(transferred to capital account)

53,715 53,715

Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2013

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Sundry creditors 6,300 Cash in hand 540

Cash at bank 2,630

Salaries outstanding 1,500 Sundry debtors 14,500

Insurance prepaid 85

Capital 62,000 Stock 6,800

Add Net profit 27,000 Rent accrued 1,000

89,000 Freehold land 10,000

Building 32,000

Less Drawings (5,245) 83755 Machinery 20,000

Less Depreciation (2,000) 18,000

Patents 7,500

Less Depreciation (1,500) 6,000

91,555 91,555

To write off bad debts Bad Debts A/c Dr. (i) Debit side of P&L A/c.

To Debtors (ii) Deduct from debtors on the

assets side of Balance Sheet.

Page 171: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 170

Provision for bad and P & L A/c Dr. (i) Debit side of P & L A/c.

doubtful debts To Debtors A/c (ii) Deduct from debtors on the

assets side of Balance Sheet.

Provision for discount P & L A/c Dr. (i) Debit side of P & L A/c.

on debtors To Provision for (ii) Deduct from debtors on the

Discount on Debtors assets side of Balance Sheet.

Debtors A/c

Further Bad Debts : These Bad debts is a loss that occurred after

preparation of Trial Balance. Further bad debts be added in the bad debts

already appearing in the Profit and Loss A/c and Debtors would be reduced

with the same amount.

Provision for Bad Debts : In the balance sheet, debtors appears on the

assets side of the Balance Sheet, which is their estimated realisable value

during next year. It is quite possible that the whole of the amount may not be

realized in future. However, it is not possible to accurately know the amount

of such bad debts.

Hence, a reasonable estimate of such loss is provided in the book. Such

provision is called provision for bad debts. Provision for doubtful debts is

shown as a deduction from the debtors on the asset side of the balance sheet.

Note : The provision for doubtful debts brought forward from the previous

year is called the opening provision or old provision. When such a provision

already exists, the loss due to bad debts during the current year are adjusted

against the same and while making provision for doubtful debts required at the

end of the current year is called new provision. The balance of old provision

as given in trial balance should also be taken into account.

Provision for discount on Debtors : Discount is allowed to customers

to encourage them to make prompt payment. The discount likely to be allowed

to customers in an accounting year can be estimated and provided for by

creating a provision for Discount on debtors.

Provision for discount on debtors is made on good debtors which are

arrived at by deducting further bad debts and provision for bad debts out of

Debtors shown in the Balance sheet.

Illustration 7 : An extract from a trial balance on March 31, 2013 is given

below :

Page 172: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

171 [XI – Accountancy]

Rs.

Sundry Debtors 32,000

Bad Debts 2,000

Provision for Bad Debts 3,500

Additional Information

Write-off further Bad Debts Rs. 1,000 and create a provision for Doubtful Debts @ 5%

on debtors.

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Rs. Rs.

2013 (a) Bad Debts A/c Dr. 1,000

Mar. 31 To Sundry debtors 1,000

(Further Bad Debts)

(b) Provision for Doubtful Debts A/c Dr. 3,000

To Bad Debts A/c 3,000

(Bad debts adjusted against the provision)

Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 1,050

To Provision for Doubtful Debts 1,050

(Amount charges from Profit and Loss account).

Profit and Loss Account*

for the year ended March 31,2013

Rs. Rs

Provision for doubtful debts:

Bad debts 2,000

Further bad debts 1,000

New provision 1,550

4,550

Less Old provision 3,500

1,050

*Only relevant items.

Page 173: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 172

Balance Sheet* as at March 31, 2013

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

Sundry debtors 32,000

Less Further (1,000)

Bad debts 31,000

Less Provision for

doubtful debts (1,550) 29,450

*Only relevant items.

Note : The amount of new provision for doubtful debts has been calculated as

follows : Rs. 31,000×5/100 = Rs. 1,550

Illustration 8 : The following balances were extracted from the books of Shri

R. Lal on March 31, 2013.

Name of the Ledger A/c Rs. Name of Ledger A/c Rs

Name of Ledger A/c Rs. Name of Ledger A/c Rs.

Capital 1,00,000 Rent (Cr.) 2,100

Drawings 17,600 Railway freight on sales 16,940

Purchases 80,000 Carriage inwards 2,310

Sales 1,40,370 Office expenses 1,340

Purchases return 2,820 Printing and Stationery 660

Stock on April 01, 2012 11,460 Postage and Telegram 820

Bad debts 1,400 Sundry debtors 62,070

Bad debts Provision on Sundry creditors 18,920

April 01, 2012 3,240 Cash in bank 12,400

Cash in hand 2,210

Rates and Insurance 1,300 Office furniture 3,500

Discount (Cr.) 190 Salaries and Commission 9,870

B/R 1,240 Addition to buildings 7,000

Sales returns 4,240

Wages 6,280

Buildings 25,000

Prepare the trading and profit and loss account and a balance sheet as on

March 31, 2013 after keeping in view the following adjustments:

Page 174: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

173 [XI – Accountancy]

(i) Depreciate old building by Rs. 625 and addition to building at 2% and

office furniture at 5%.

(ii) Write-off further Bad Debts Rs. 570.

(iii) Increase the Bad Debts Reserve to 6% of Debtors.

(iv) Rs. 570 are outstanding for salary.

(v) Rent receivable Rs. 200 on March 31, 2013.

(vi) Interest on capital charged @ 5%.

(vii) Unexpired insurance Rs. 240.

(viii) Stock was valued at Rs. 14,290 on March 31, 2013.

Solution :

Trading and Profit & Loss Account

for the year ended on March 31, 2013

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

Opening stock 11,460 Sales 1,40,370

Purchases 80,000 Less Sales Return (4,240) 1,36,130

Less Purchase return (2,820) 77,180

Carriage inwards 2,310

Wages 6,280 Closing stock 14,290

Gross profit c/d 53,190

1,50,420 1,50,420

Railway freight on sales 16,940 Gross profit c/d 53,190

Office expenses 1,340 Rent 2,100

Postage and Telegram 820 Add Accrued rent 200 2,300

Printing and Stationery 660 Discount 190

Salary and Commission 9,870

Add Outstanding salary 570 10,440

Rates and Insurance 1,300

Less unexpired insurance (240) 1,060

Bad debts 1,400

Add Further bad debts 570

Add New bad debts 3,690

provision 5660

Page 175: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 174

Less Old provision (3,240)

for bad debts 2,420

Interest on capital 5,000

Depreciation on building 625

Depreciation on additions 140

Depreciation on furniture 175

Net profit (transferred to 16,060

capital account)

55,680 55, 680

Balance Sheet

as on March 31, 2013

Liabilities Rs. Assests Rs

Sundry creditors 18,920 Cash at bank 12,400

Outstanding salaries 570 Cash in hand 2,210

B/R 1,240

Capital 1,00,000

Add Net profit 16,060 Debtors 62,070

Add Interest on capital 5,000

1,21,060 Less Further Bad Debts (570)

61,500

Less Drawings (17,600) 1,03,460

Less New provision (3,690)

for Bad Debts 57,810

Accrued Rent 200

Prepaid Insurance 240

Building 25,000

Less Depreciation (625) 24,375

Addition to building 7,000

Less Depreciation (140) 6,860

Office furniture 3,500

Less Depreciation (175) 3,325

Closing stock 14,290

1,22,950 1,22,950

Page 176: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

175 [XI – Accountancy]

Manager’s Commission

The manager of the business is sometimes given the commission on the

net profit of the company. The percentage of the commission is applied on the

profit either before charging such commission or after charging such

commission. In the absence of any such information, it is assumed that

commission is allowed as a percentage of the net profit before charging such

commission.

1. Commission on net profits before charging such commission

Net profit before commission Rate of CommissionCommission

100

2. Commission on net profits after charging such commission

Net profit before commission Rate of CommissionCommission

100 Rate of Com.

Interest on capital Interest on Capital A/c Dr. (i) Debit side of P & L A/c.

To Capital A/c (ii) Add to capital on the

liabilities side of Balance Sheet.

Interest on drawings Capital/Drawings A/c Dr. (i) Credit side of P & L A/c.

To Interest on Drawings A/c (ii) Deduct from capital on the

liabilities side of Balance Sheet.

Interest payable on Interest on Loan A/c Dr. (i) Debit side of P & L A/c.

loans (borrowed) To Loan A/c (ii) Add to loan on the liabilities

side of Balance Sheet.

Commission payable P & L A/c Dr. (i) Debit side of P & L A/c.

to manager To Commission payable to (ii) Show on the liabilities side of

Manager A/c Balance Sheet.

Abnormal loss of goods by fire, theft, accident, etc.

For gross loss Loss by...........A/c Dr. (i) Gross Loss : Deduct from

(Total loss) To Trading A/c Purchases or show on the

(or) To Purchases A/c credit side of Trading A/c.

For insurance claim Insurance Claim Dr. (ii) Net Loss : Debit side of P & L

accepted, if any To Loss by..........A/c A/c.

For net loss

(Total loss-Claim P & L A/c Dr. (iii) Insurance claim: Assets side of

accepted by Ins.Co.) to Loss by........A/c Balance Sheet.

Page 177: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 176

Goods taken by Drawings A/c Dr. (i) Deduct the amount of goods from

the proprietor To Purchases A/c the purchases in Trading A/c.

for his personal (ii) Deduct the amount from the

use capital on the liabilities side of

Balance Sheet.

Goods given as Charity A/c Dr. (i) Deduct the amount from the

charity To Purchases a/c purchases on the debit side of

Trading A/c.

(ii) Show on the debit side of P & L A/c.

Goods Advertising A/c Dr. (i) Deduct the amount of goods from

distributed as To Purchases A/c the purchases in Trading A/c.

free samples (ii) Show on the debit side of P & L A/c.

Illustration 9 : From the following balances of Mr. Naveen. You are required

to Prepare trading and profit and loss account and a balance sheet on March

31, 2013.

Debit Balance Rs. Credit Balances Rs

Plant and Machinery 1,30,000 Sales 3,00,000

Debtors 50,000 Return outwards 2,500

Interest 2,000 Creditors 2,50,000

Wages 1,200 Bills payable 70,000

Salary 2,500 Provision for bad debts 1,550

Carriage inwards 500 Capital 2,20,000

Carriage outwards 700 Rent received 10,380

Return inwards 2,000 Commission received 16,000

Factory rent 1,450

Office rent 2,300

Insurance 780

Furniture 22,500

Buildings 2,80,000

Bills receivable 3,000

Cash in hand 22,500

Cash at bank 35,000

Commission 500

Opening stock 60,000

Page 178: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

177 [XI – Accountancy]

Purchases 2,50,000

Bad debts 3,500

8,70,430 8,70,430

Adjustment

1. Provision for Bad Debts @ 5% and further Bad Debts Rs. 2,000.

2. Rent received in Advance Rs. 6,000.

3. Prepaid insurance Rs. 200.

4. Depreciation on furniture @ 5%, plant and machinery @ 6%, building

@ 7%.

5. Closing stock amounting Rs. 70,000 on 31.03.2013.

Solution :

Books of Mr. Naveen

Trading and Profit and Loss Account

for the year ended March 31, 2013

Particulars Amt. z Particulars Amt.

Rs. Rs.

Opening stock 60,000 Sales 3,00,000

Purchases 2,50,000 Less Return (2,000) 2,98,000

Less Returns (2,500) 2,47,500 Closing Stock 70,000

Wages 1,200

Carriage inwards 500

Factory rent 1,450

Gross profit c/d 57,350

3,68,000 3,68,000

Interest 2,000 Gross profit b/d 57,350

Salary 2,500 Rent received 10,380

Carriage outwards 700 Less Advance rent (6,000) 4,380

Office Rent 2,300 Commission received 16,000

Insurance 780

Less Prepaid insurance (200) 580

Depreciation on furniture 1,125

Depreciation on Plant and 7,800

Machinery

Depreciation on building 19,600

Commission 500

Page 179: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 178

Bad debts 3,500

Add : Further bad debts 2,000

Add : New provision 2,400

7,900

Less Old provision (1,550) 6,350

Net Profit (transferred to 34,275

capital account)

77,730 77,730

Balance Sheet

as at March 31, 2013

Liabilities Amt.. Assets Amt.

Rs Rs.

Creditors 2,50,000 Cash in hand 22,500

Bills payable 70,000 Cash at Bank 35,000

Advance rent 6,000 Bills receivable 3,000

Capital 2,20,000 Prepaid insurance 200

Add Net profit 34,275 2,54,275 Debtors 50,000

Less Further (2,000)

bad debts 48,000

Less New provision (2,400) 45,600

Plant and Machinery 1,22,200

Furniture 21,375

Buildings 2,60,400

Closing stock 70,000

5,80,275 5,80,275

Illustration 10 : From the following Adjustments and with the help of Trial

Balance prepare a Trading A/c Profit and Loss A/c and Balance sheet as on

31st Dec. 2013.

Dr. Balance Rs. Cr. Balance Rs

Insurance charges 2,400 Capital 1,70,000

Salaries & wages 19,400 S. Creditors 20,000

Cash in hand 200 Sales 1,20,000

Page 180: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

179 [XI – Accountancy]

Cash at Bank 26,500 Returns outwards 1,200

Trade Expenses 400 Provision for doubtful debts 400

Postage & Telegrams 800 Discount 800

Drawings 6,000 Rent of Premises, Subject for 1,200

one year to 30th June 2013

Plant & Machinery :-

Balance on 1st Jan 2013 1,20,000

Addition on 1st July, 2013 5,000

Stock on 1st Jan. 2013 15,000

Purchases 82,000

Returns Inward 2,000

S. Debtors 20,800

Furniture & Fixtures 5,000

Freight & Duty 2,000

Carriage outwards 500

Rent, Rates & taxes 4,600

Printing & stationery 1,000

Adjustments

1. Stock on 31st Dec. 2013 was valued at Rs. 24,000 and stationery

unused at the end was Rs. 250.

2. The provision for Doubtful Debts is to be maintained at 6% on Sundry

Debtors.

3. Create a provision for discount on Sundry Debtors at 2%.

4. Write off Rs. 800 as Bad-Debts.

5. Provide depreciation on Plant and Machinery @ 10% p.a.

6. Insurance is paid up to 31st March 2014.

7. A fire occurred on 25th Dec. 2013 in the Godown and Stock of the

value of Rs. 6,000 was destroyed. It was insured and the Insurance co.

admitted a claim of Rs. 4,000.

Page 181: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 180

Solution :

Trading and Profit & Loss Account

for the year ending 31st Dec. 2013

Particulars Amount. Particulars Amount

To Opening Stock 15,000 By Sales 1,20,000

Less Return 2,000 1,18,000

To Purchases 82,000 By Closing stock 24,000

Less: Return (1,200)

80,800

Less : Loss by fire (6,000) 74,800

To Freight & duty 2,000

to Gross Profit c/d 50,200

1,42,000 1,42,000

To Insurance charges 2,400 By Gross Profit 50,200

Less : Prepaid insurance (600) 1,800

To Salaries & wages 19,400 By Discount 800

To Trade expenses 400 By Rent of premises sub-let1,200

Less : Rent received in adv.(600) 600

To Postage & telegram 800

To Carriage outwards 500

To Rent, Rates & Taxes 4,600

To Printing & Stationery 1,000

Less : Unused (250) 750

To Bad debts 800

Add : New reserve 1,200

2,000

Less : Old reserve (400) 1,600

To Provision for

discount on debtor 376

To Depreciation on

Plant & Mac. 12,250

(12,000+250)

To loss by fire 6,000

Page 182: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

181 [XI – Accountancy]

Less : Insurance Claim 4,000 2,000

To Net Profit transferred

to Capital 7,124

51,600 51,600

Balance Sheet

As on 31st Dec. 2013

Liabilities Amt. Assests Amt.

S. creditor 20,000 Cash in hand 200

Rent received in advance 600 Cash at Axis Bank 26,500

Capital 1,70,000 S. Debtor 20,800

Add : Net Profit 7,124 Less : Bad Debts (800)

1,77,124 20,000

Less : Drawings 6,000 1,71,124 Less : New Reserve (1,200)

18,800

Less : Discount (376) 18,424

Insurance company (Claim) 4,000

Closing stock 24,000

Stationery unused 250

Prepaid insurance 600

Furniture & Fixture 5,000

Plant & Mac. 1,20,000

Add : Addition (5,000)

1,25,000

Less : Depreciation (12,250) 1,12,750

191,724 191,724

Illustration 11 : The following balances were extracted from the books of Mr.

G.S. Kushwaha on 31st Dec. 2013.

Ledger Accounts Dr. Cr.

Balance Balance

Capital 24,500

Drawings 2,000

General Expenses 2,500

Page 183: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 182

Building 11,000

Machinery 9,340

Stock (1.1.2013) 16,200

Power 2,240

Taxes and Insurance 1,315

Wages 7,200

Sundry Debtors 6,280

Sundry Creditors 2,500

Charity 105

Bad Debts 550

Bank overdraft 11,180

Sales 65,360

Purchases 47,000

Scooter 2,000

Bad debts provision 900

Commission 1,320

Trade expenses 1,780

Bills payable 3,850

Cash 100 24,500

Total 1,09,610 1,09,610

Prepare final accounts for the year ended 31st Dec. 2013 after taking into

account the following :

1. Stock on 31st Dec. 2013 was valued at Rs. 23,500

2. Write off further Bad Debts Rs. 160 and maintain the provision for Bad

Debts at 5% on Sundry Debtors.

3. Depreciate Machinery by 10% and Scooter by Rs. 240.

4. Provide Rs. 750 for outstanding interest on bank overdraft.

5. Prepaid insurance is to the extent of 50, Commission receivable

amounting to Rs. 50

6. Provide Manager’s commission at 10% on net profit after charging

such commission.

Page 184: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

183 [XI – Accountancy]

Solution :

Trading and Profit & Loss Account

Dr. For the year ending 31st Dec. 2013 Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Opening Stock 16,200 By Sales 65,360

To Purchases 47,000 By Closing Stock 23,500

To Power 2,240

To Wages 7,200

To Gross Profit (B.F.) 16,220

88,860 88,860

To General Expenses 2,500 By Gross Profit 16,220

To Taxes & Insurance 1,315 By Commission 1,320

Less : Prepaid (50) 1,265 Add : Receivable Com. 50 1,370

To Interest on Bank Overdraft 750

To Dep. On Machinery 934

Scooter 240 1,174

To Bad Debts 550

Add : Further bad debts 160

Add : New Reserve (306)

1,016

Less : Old Reserve (900) 116

To Charity 105

To Trade Expenses 1,780

To Manager Commission Payable 900

(9,900 × 10/110)

To Net Profit transferred to 9,000

Capital a/c

17,590 17,590

Page 185: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 184

Balance Sheet

As on Dec. 31, 2012

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

S. Creditor 2500 Cash 100

Bank Overdraft 11,180 Debtors 6,280

Add : O/s Interest (750) 11,930 Less : Further Bad Debts (160)

6,120

Less : New Reserve (306) 5,814

Bills Payable 3,850 Prepaid Insurance 50

Manager Commission Payable 900 Closing Stock 23,500

Capital 24,500 Machinery 9,340

Add : Net Profit 9,000 Less : Depreciation (934) 8,406

Less : Drawings (2,000) 31,500

Scooter 2,000

Less : Depreciation (240) 1,760

Building 11,000

Commission Receivable 50

50,680 50,680

Note :

1. If closing stock shown in Trial Balance then it will be shown in balance

sheet only. It is assumed that purchases amount already get adjusted in

trial balance.

2. Salary and wages will be shown in profit and loss A/c debit side

(assuming that salary is prominent) while wages and salary will be

shown in trading A/c debit side. (wages are prominent).

3. Freight, carriage, cartage will be shown in Dr. side of trading A/c. if

inward word attached with these then it also debited to trading A/c, if

outward word attached with these item then it will be debited to profit

and loss account.

4. Any expenses related to factory are debited to trading account like

factory lighting, factory rent if factory word is not given then lighting

and rent will be debited to profit and loss account.

Page 186: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

185 [XI – Accountancy]

5. Trade expenses always debited to profit and loss A/c not as name

indicate trading A/c.

6. Packaging material : cost of packaging material used in product are

direct expenses as it refers to small containers which form part sold, it

will debited to trading A/c.

7. Packing : the packing refers to the big containers that are used for

transporting the goods and regarded as indirect expenses and debited to

profit and loss account.

8. Adjusted purchases mean the amount of purchases is adjusted by way

of adding opening stock and reduced by the amount of closing stock,

e.g., purchases Rs. 1,00,000; opening stock Rs. 12,000, closing stock

Rs. 8,000. Calculate adjusted purchases.

Adjusted purchases = purchases + opening stock – closing stock

= Rs. 1,00,000 + Rs. 12,000 – Rs. 8,000 = Rs. 1,04,000

When adjusted purchases is given in trail balance, then there is no need

of debiting opening stock and crediting closing stock in trading A/c.

In this case closing stock will be shown in balance sheet only.

Remember

While preparing Final Account the items which are given inside the Trial

Balance are written only once either in Income Statement or in the Balance

Sheet. (Assuming that they have been already adjusted in the respective account).

On the other hand, the items which are given outside the Trial Balance (known

as adjustment) are to be written twice because the double entry in respect of

all adjustments is to be completed in the final accounts itself.

Page 187: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 186

CHAPTER-10

ACCOUNTS FROM INCOMPLETE RECORDS

Learning Objectives

After studying this lesson you will be able to :

Define the concept of incomplete records.

Distinguish between Double entry system and Accounts from Incomplete

records.

Ascertain the amount of profit or loss using “Statement of Affairs”

method.

Differentiate between Balance Sheet and Statement of Affairs.

Prepare Statement of Affairs using given data.

Suggested Methodology

Illustration Method

Discussion Method

Some small size business entities do not follow the double entry system

of maintaining the accounting records because :

1. It is very costly system

2. It is a time consuming method, and

3. It requires expert staff to adhere to principles and accounting standards

of system.

Due to the above mentioned reasons, some business entities maintains

books of accounts under the system Accounting from Incomplete records. The

system in which no set rules of double entry system are followed is called

Page 188: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

187 [XI – Accountancy]

Accounts from Incomplete records.

Under this system only the following accounts are maintained

cash book, and

The personal accounts

Some Real Account according to need

Note : Nominal accounts are not maintained under this system.

Under this system of maintaining accounts :

Both the aspects of only certain transactions are recorded e.g. cash

received from debtors or cash paid to creditors.

One aspect of some transactions are recorded e.g. cash paid for purchase

of goods.

Some financial events are not recorded at all e.g. depreciation charged

on fixed assets.

Points to Remember

Accounting Principles and Accounting Standards are not followed

properly under this system.

Original vouchers provide base for preparing the accounts.

This method is highly flexible because it can be adjusted according to

the needs of the orgnanisation.

Profit or less is ascertained by either Statement of Affairs method or

‘Conversion into Double Entry System Method.’

Use of Incomplete Records

Books according to this system can be maintained only by those small

entities in the form of Sole Proprietorship or Partnership firms that are not

bound to keep records of business transactions as per double entry system.

Companies cannot maintain books under this system because of legal provisions.

Page 189: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 188

Limitations of Incomplete Records

1. Incomplete method : This method is incomplete method of maintaining

the accounting records as the aspects, debit and credit, of every

transaction are not recorded.

2. Unscientific System : This system is an unscientific system as not set

rules are followed for recording the business transactions.

3. Arithmetical Accuracy cannot be checked : Under this system no

real and nominal accounts are maintained. As such a trial balance cannot

be prepared to check the arithmetical accuracy of the books of accounts.

4. True Profit or Loss cannot be ascertained : In the absence of Trial

balance, a trading and profit and loss account cannot be prepared and

hence the profit or loss ascertained during a particular period is based

on estimates, hence cannot be relied upon.

5. True financial position of the business cannot be Judged : Since

real accounts are not maintained, it is not possible to prepare a balance

sheet showing the true financial position of the business. A Statement

of Affairs is prepared to show the financial position of the business

which itself shows the estimated values of assets and liabilities.

6. Chances of Errors and Frauds : Under this system the principles of

double entry system are not followed hence internal checking is not

possible. It leads to chances of errors and frauds. Also, it becomes very

difficult to detect them.

Ascertainment of Profit or Loss

The main objective of any business enterprise is to earn profits. Business

persons are always interested to know the amount of profit earned or loss

beared during an accounting period. In case of organizations maintaining

accounts under incomplete records the amount of profit or loss can be ascertained

by Statement of Affairs method or Net Worth method.

Statement of Affairs Method

Under this method, profits or losses of the business are ascertained by

comparing the Capital at the end, Capital at the beginning of the accounting

period.

Page 190: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

189 [XI – Accountancy]

Note :

1. When Capital at the end of an accounting is more than the capital in

the beginning of the Accounting period

Profits = Capital at the end – Capital at the beginning

2. When Capital at the Capital at the Beginning is more than capital at

the End of an Accounting Period.

Losses = Capital at the Beginning – Capital at the End

For ascertainment of profit or loss, the following steps shall be taken :

Step 1 : Calculate the amount of ‘Opening capital’ (If not given in the

Question) by preparing Statement of Affairs at the beginning of the

accounting period.

Step 2 : Calculate the amount of ‘Closing Capital’ by preparing ‘Statement of

Affair’ at the end of the accounting period.

Step 3 : Calculation of Profit or Loss by preparing Statement of Profit of

Loss in the following manner :

Statement of Profit or Loss for the year ended on..

Particulars Rs.

Closing Capital xxxx

(As ascertained by closing statement of affairs)

Add - Drawings during the year xxxx

Less - Additional capital introduced during the year (xxxx)

Adjusted capital at the end xxxx

Less - Opening Capital

(As ascertained by Opening Statement of Affairs) (xxxx)

Profit or loss for the year xxxx

STATEMENT OF AFFAIRS

A Statement of affairs is a statement showing the balances of assets

(including cash and bank balance) on the right hand side and the balance of

liabilities on the left hand side, on a particulars date. The difference in the total

Page 191: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 190

of two sides is known as capital.

Capital = Total Assets – Total liabilities

A statement of affairs is very similar to Balance Sheet as prepared for the

business entities maintaining accounts under double entry system, though it

should not be described as a Balance Sheet.

A Statement of Affairs is prepared as follows :

Statement of Affairs

as on...................

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Bank Overdraft xxxx Cash in hand xxxx

Sundry Creditors xxxx Cash at bank xxxx

Bills Payable xxxx Bills Receivables xxxx

Outstanding Expenses xxxx Sundry Debtors xxxx

Income Received in Advance xxxx Stock xxxx

Prepaid Expenses xxxx

Capital xxxx Accrued Income xxxx

(Balancing figure) Furniture xxxx

Q. 1 Anil who keeps his books on single entry, tells you that his capital on

31-12-2013 was Rs. 18,700 and his capital on 1-1-2013 was Rs. 19,200.

He further informs you that during the year he withdrew for his

household purposes Rs. 8,420. He sold his investments of Rs. 2,000 at

2% premium and brought that money into the business. You are required

to calculate Profit or Loss for the year 2013.

Ans. Statement of Profit & Loss

For the year ended on 31-12-2013

Particulars Rs.

1. Statement of profit and loss 18,700

Add : Drawing during the years 8,420

27,120

Less : Capital introduced during the years 2,040

(2,000 × 102/100)

Page 192: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

191 [XI – Accountancy]

25,080

Less : Capital in the beginning 19,200

Net profit for the year (B/F) 5,880

Q. 2 Ms. Anna started firm with a capital of Rs. 4,00,000 on 1st July 2013.

She borrowed from her friends a sum of Rs. 1,00,000 @ 10% per

annum (interest paid) for business and brought a further amount to

capital Rs. 75,000. On Dec. 31, 2013, her position was :

Particulars Rs.

Cash 30,000

Stock 4,70,000

Debtors 3,50,000

Creditors 3,00,000

She withdrew Rs. 8,000 per month during the year. Calculate profit or loss for the year

2013 and show your workings clearly.

Solution :

Statement of Affairs

as on 31st Dec. 2013

Particulars Rs. Assets Rs

Creditors 3,00,000 Cash 30,000

Loan 1,00,000 Stock 4,70,000

Closing Capital (B/F) 4,50,000 Debtors 3,50,000

8,50,000 8,50,000

Statement of Profit & Loss

For the year ended 31st Dec. 2013

Particulars Rs.

Capital at the end 4,50,000

Add : Drawing during the years (8,000×6) 48,000

4,98,000

Less : Additional Capital introduced during the year 75,000

4,23,000

Less : Capital in the beginning 4,00,000

Net profit for the year (B/F) 23,000

Page 193: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 192

Q. 3 Mr. Rajesh keeps his books by ‘Single Entry Method’. His position

on 31st December, 2012 was as follows :

Cash in hand Rs. 500, Cash at Bank Rs. 6,000, Stock Rs. 5,000, Debtors

Rs. 3,300, Furniture Rs. 1,200, Creditors Rs. 4,000. During the year he

introduced Rs. 4,000 as further capital in the Business, and withdrew Rs.

9,000 out of which he purchased a machine for Rs. 6,000 for the business.

On 31 Dec., 2013 his position was as follows :

Cash in hand Rs. 500, Cash at Bank Rs. 5,000, Stock Rs. 6,000, Debtors

Rs. 4,600, Furniture Rs. 1,500 and Creditors Rs. 6,000.

Prepare necessary statements showing the Profit or Loss earned by Mr.

Rajesh during the year and a Balance Sheet as at 31st December, 2013 after

making the following adjustments :

Depreciate Furniture and Machine at 10% (on closing balance), write off

bad debts Rs. 200 and provide 5% for doubtful debts.

Solution :

Statement of Affairs

as on 31 Dec., 2012

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Creditors 4,000 Cash in Hand 500

Opening Capital 12,000 Cash at Bank 6,000

(B/F)

Stock 5,000

Debtors 3,300

Furniture 1,200

16,000 16,000

Statement of Affairs

as on 31st Dec. 2013

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Creditors 6,000 Cash in Hand 500

Machine 6,000

Page 194: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

193 [XI – Accountancy]

Less : Dep. 600 5,400

Opening Capital (B/F) 16,430 Cash at Bank 5,000

Stock 6,000

Debtors 4,600

Less : Bad Debts 200

4,400

Less : Provision 220 4,180

Furniture 1500

Less : Dep. 150 1,350

22,430 22,430

Statement of Profit & Loss

For the year ended on 31st Dec., 2013

Particulars Rs.

Capital at the end 16,430

Add : Drawing during the years (9,000–6,000) 3,000

19,430

Less : Capital introduced during the years 4,000

15,430

Less : Capital in the beginning 12,000

Net profit for the year (B/F) 3,430

Page 195: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 194

CHAPTER – 11

NON-FOR PROFIT ORGANIZATION

IMPORTANT POINTS

Learning Objectives

After studying this lesson you will be able to

State the meaning of Not - for - Profit organization :

Explain the various items of accounting in Not-for-Profit organization

Explain about the Financial Statements of No-for-profit organization.

Show the According Treatment of various items of accounting in Not-

for-profit organization.

Teaching Methods

Teachers are advised to use a various examples of Not-for-profit

organizations.

Story telling method can also be used for various items of Not-for-

profit organization.

Meaning of Not-for-profit Organization

The primary motive of not-for-profit organization is to render services to

their members to promote culture, art, education and other religious, social and

charitable activities. These institute or organizations do not maintain their

accounts on the same basis as of business enterprises. The non-profit seeking

entitles exists with a primary objective of providing service. For this reason,

these institutions do not prepare Profit and Loss Account.

Examples of not-for organization :

Page 196: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

195 [XI – Accountancy]

Hospitals, dispensaries, sports clubs, recreation clubs, temples,

dharamshalas, orphanage, school and College etc.

Such organization prepares following financial statement at the end of

accounting period :

1. Receipts and Payments Account

2. Income and Expenditure Account

3. Balance Sheet

Receipts and Payments Account

The account is merely a summary of the transaction appearing in the

cash book. After preparation of this account, it is easy to prepare the income

and expenditure account as well as the balance sheet. All receipt are shown

on its debit side and all payments are shown on its credit side. All the

receipts and payments during an accounting period are included in it under

appropriate headings. For example, if a club receives subscription from its

members on different dates, it will be recorded in the cash book in chronological

order, where as the receipts and payments account will contain the total

subscriptions received during the year.

Features of Receipts and Payment Account

It is clear from above discussion that the Receipt and Payment Account

is merely a summary of the all receipt and all payment during the year. Special

features of Receipts and Payment Account are as follow :

1. It is a real account. Thus Receipts are shown on its debit side and

payments on the credit side.

2. Excess receipt over payment is the closing balance of cash which is

shown in Balance sheet on asset side.

3. This account begins with the opening balance of cash or bank.

4. An item may be repeated many times in a cash book, but it is shown

once in ‘Receipts and Payment Account’.

5. All cash payments are shown on its credit side irrespective of the fact

whether these are of capital nature or of revenue nature and whether

Page 197: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 196

they relate to current year, previous or next year.

6. Receipt and payment Account records only the actual receipt and

payment of cash. Non-cash items such as depreciation, outstanding

expense and accrued incomes are ignored while preparing it.

Income and Expenditure Account

Income and Expenditure Account serves the same purpose for a Not-for

profit organization as the Profit and Loss Account for a business enterprise.

This account is a nominal account. This account is prepared by Not-for-profit

organization. So, we can say that it is the summary of Income and Expenditure

of a particular accounting period whether income received or not and whether

expenditure paid or not.

Features of Income and Expenditure Account :

1. It is a nomial account.

2. No capital item is entered in this account.

3. Its debit side includes all the expenses pertaining to the particular

period and credit side includes all the income pertaining to the same

period.

4. No opening and closing balance are recorded in it.

5. No item, either revenue or expenditure, pertaining to the past period

or the future period is entered in this account.

6. This account is prepared in the same manner in which a profit and loss

Account is prepared.

7. Credit balance is called “Excess of Income over Expenditure’ and debit

balance is called “Expenditure over Income”.

Concept of Fund based Accounting

Not for profit organization receive some funds for some specific purposes

and these funds are used only for those purpose for which they have been

contributed. Fund Based Accounting refers to the accounting whereby receipt

and income pertaining to a particular fund are credited to that particular fund

Page 198: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

197 [XI – Accountancy]

and payments and expenses are debited to it. These funds are created for some

specified purpose such as prize fund, building fund, sports fund etc.

Thus, a separate accounting is needed for these specific funds. This type

of accounting is called Fund based accounting.

Important Items of Not for Profit Organizations

1. Legacy : Legacy represents the amount property received by

organization under a will on death of the contribution. In other

words we can say that legacies are the donations made by a person in

his will, so their donation are called legacy.

(i) Legacies received for a specific purpose must be capitalized in

the name of concerned fund for which it is received.

(ii) Legacies received not for any specific fund may beaded to the

capital fund.

Example : Mr. Shyam Lal writes his will his property will be transferred

(after his death) to a Not-for-profit Organization. After death of Mr.

Shyam Lal, his property will be treated as capital receipt by concerned

Not-for-profit Organization under the head legacy.

2. Entrance Fees : Entrance fee is called admission fee. It refers to the

amount received from the persons for becoming members. It is a fee

paid by members at the time of joining a not-fore-profit organization.

(i) It is an item of recurring nature.

(ii) Generally Entrance fees are treated as income.

3. Grant : Grants are an aid issued be any Govt. agency to any Not-for-

profit organization for specific purpose or general purpose.

(i) It is an aid from Government.

(ii) Specific grant should be capitalized.

(iii) General grant should be treated as revenue income and shown

on the credit side of Income and Expenditure Account.

Page 199: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 198

4. Donation : Donation is the amount received by Not-for-profit

Organization from any person or institution without any

consideration and not periodically.

Donation can be categorized as under :

(i) General Donation : If donation received for not a specific

purpose and can be utilized for any purpose, is known as general

donation.

It is treated as Revenue Receipt.

(ii) Specific Donation : If donation received for a particular purpose

and can be used/spent for the same purpose only, it known as

specific donation. For example donation received for the

construction of the building.

It is treated as Capital Receipt.

5. Subscription : Subscription is the amount payable by members of No-

for-profit Organization for renewal of membership periodically.

(i) It is recurring in nature.

(ii) It is treated as Revenue Receipt.

Example : There are 60 members of a Not-for-profit Organization and

each member is required to pay a sum of Rs. 300 per annum to

continue his/her membership. Hence this amount is known as

Subscription.

6. Life Membership Fee : Life membership fee is the fee received from

those members who do not periodic fee or subscription but pay a lump

sum amount to become life time members.

(i) These members are generally permanent members.

(ii) Life membership fees can be added to capital fund or

separately on the liabilities side of Balance sheet.

7. Endowment Funds :

1. This fund is created from the bequest, legacy or gifts received

Page 200: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

199 [XI – Accountancy]

by the Not-for-profit organization. These funds are invested

outside.

2. The income from the investment of such funds is used for

some specific purposes only.

3. Endowment funds shall be shown on the Liabilities side of the

balance sheet of Not-for-profit organization.

Example : An amount of Rs. 5,00,000 is received as Donation with

condition that this amount will be invested as Fixed Deposit in a Bank.

Income from this Investment will be used to distribute prizes to

meritorious students of the society.

8. Honorarium : Honorarium is an amount paid to a person (other than

employee) for rendering some special services for Not-for-profit

organization. It is treated as an expense of Not-for-profit organization.

I. Calculation of Subscription to be shown in the Income and Expenditure Account

for current year.

(a) Statement of Actual amount of subscription for the current year.

Particulars

Amount received during the year

Add : (i) Outstanding at the end of current year XXXX

Advance received in previous year XXXX

Less : (i) Outstanding in the beginning of the current year

(Out of this, the actual amount received in current year) (XXXX)

(ii) Advance received i current year (XXXX)

Subscriptions to be shown in the Income and Expenditure A/c

(b) Preparing ledger Account.

Dr. Subscription Account. Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Balance be/d XX By Balance be/d XX

(outstanding subscriptions (Advance subscription

of last year.) relating to current year

Page 201: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 200

received last year)

To Income & Expenditure A/c XX By Cash/ Bank A/c XX

(Balancing figure to be posted (Subscription received in

in the credit side as subscription) current year)

To Balance c/d XX By Balance c/d XX

(Advance subscriptions received (Total amount of subscription

in current year for the next year) outstanding at the end of

of the current year)

Note : Subscription A/c can have both Debit as well as credit opening balances

and also closing balances.

II. Calculation of Rent (An Expense) to be shown in expenditure side of income

and Expenditure Accounts.

Particulars

Rent paid during the year

Add : (i) Outstanding at the end of current year XXXX

(ii) Advance paid in previous year XXXX

Less : (i) Rent paid in current year but pertains to previous year (XXXX)

(ii) Rent paid in current year but pertains to next year (XXXX)

Rent to be shown in the Income and Expenditure A/c

III. Calculation of Stationary (A consumable item) to be shown in income and

expenditure Account.

Particulars

Amount paid for stationary during current year

Add : (i) Opening stock of the stationary XXXX

(ii) Creditors for stationary at the end of current year XXXX

Less : (i) Creditors for stationary in the beginning of current year (XXXX)

(ii) Closing stock of the stationary (XXXX)

Stationary to be shown in the Income and Expenditure A/c XXXX

Illustration I : From the following extracts of the Receipt and Payments

Account and the additional information, you are required to computer the

income from subscription for the ended March 31, 2013 and show it in the

Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended on March 31, 2013.

Page 202: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

201 [XI – Accountancy]

Receipt and Payments Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2013. Cr.

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To subscription 50,000

Mar. 31, 2012 Mar. 31, 2013

Rs. Rs.

Subscriptions outstanding 10,000 20,000

Subscriptions received in advance 15,000 10,000

Solution :

Income and Expenditure Account.

for the year ended on March 31, 2013

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

By Subscriptions 50,000

Add : Outstanding 20,000

Add : Advance received

in 2009-10 15,000

85,000

Less : Advance received

in 2010-11 10,000

75,000

Less : For 2009-10 10,000 65,000

65,000

Important Point : Subscription for the current year only is shown in Income

and Expenditure Account for the same year, whether received or not.

The above amount can also be calculated by means of subscription A/c

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Balance b/d 10,000 By Balanced b/d 15,000

(subscription outstanding (Subscription received in

for last year) advance last year)

To Income and Expenditure A/c 65,000 By Bank A/c 50,000

(Balancing fig.) (Subscription received during

the current year)

Page 203: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 202

To Balance c/d 10,000 By Balance c/d 20,000

(Subscription received in (subscription outstanding at

advance for next year) the end of current year)

85,000 85,000

llustration 2 : On the basis of the following information, calculate the amount

of stationery to be debited to Income and expenditure A/c for the year ended

on March 31, 2013

Stock Stationary on April 1,2012 Rs 6,000

Creditors for stationary on April 1, 2012 Rs. 4,000

Amount Paid for Stationary on March 31, 2013 Rs. 21,600

Stock of stationery on March 31, 2013 Rs. 1,000

Creditors for stationary on March 31, 2013 Rs. 3,600

Solution :

Particulars Rs.

Amount paid for stationary during current year 21,600

Add : Opening stock of stationary 6,000

Creditors at the end of current year 3,600

Less : Closing Stock 1,000 31,200

Creditors For 2011-12 4,000 5,000

Stationary used during 2012-13 36,200

Importance Points : Amount of Stationary consumed during the year is shown

in Income and Expenditure Account irrespective of that whether it is paid or not.

Illustration 3 : Following is the Receipts and Payments Account of women

club for the year ended March 31, 2013. Prepare the Income and Expenditure

Account for the year ended on March 31, 2013 and also the balance sheet as

at the date :

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To Balance b/d 28,260 By Rent Taxes 17,220

To Entrance Fee 11,040 By Salaries 18,800

To Subscriptions 44,000 By Electricity Charges 840

Page 204: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

203 [XI – Accountancy]

To Donations 21,220 By General Expenses 2,500

To Interest 820 By Books 6,240

To Profit from By Office Expenses 9,000

Entertainment 1,640 By Investments 28,000

By Balance c/d 24,380

1,06,980 1,06,980

Additional Information :

(i) In the beginning of the year, the club had books worth Rs. 60,000 and

Furniture worth Rs. 11,600.

(ii) Subscription in arrears on April 1, 2012 were Rs. 1,200 and on March

31, 2013 Rs. 1,400.

(iii) Rs. 3,600 were due by Rent in the beginning as well as at the end of

the year.

(iv) Write off Rs. 1,000 as depreciation on Furniture and Rs. 6,000 on

Books.

(v) On March 31,2013 Salaries Rs. 3,000 and Electricity Charges Rs. 4,000

were outstanding.

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Rent outstanding 3,600 Cash 28,260

Capital Fund (Bla. Fig.) 97,460 Subscription

Outstanding 1,200

Books 60,000

Furniture 11,600

1,01,060 1,01,060

Income and Expenditure Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2013 Cr.

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

Total Rent and Taxes 17,220 By Subscriptions 44,000

Add : Outstanding 3,600 Add : Outstanding 1,400

20,820 45,400

Page 205: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 204

Less : for 2011-12 3,600 Less : for 2011-12 1,200

17,220 44,200

To Salaries 18,800 By Entrance Fees 11,040

Add : Outstanding 3,000 By Donations 21,220

21,800 By Interest 820

To Electricity Charges 840 By Profit from

Add : Outstanding 400 Entertainment 1,640

1,240

To General Expenses 2,500

To Office Expenses 9,000

To Depreciation on :

Books 6,000

Furniture 1,000 7,000

To Surplus 20,160

78.920 78.920

Balance Sheet

Dr. as on March 31, 2013 Cr.

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Capital Fund (Bal.) 97,460 Cash is hand 24,380

Add : Surplus 20,160 Investments 28,000

1,17,620 Books 60,000

Rent Outstanding 3,600 Add : Additions 6,240

Salaries outstanding 3,000 66,240

Electricity charges Less : Depreciation 6,000

Outstanding 400 60,240

Furniture 11,600

Less : Depreciation 1,000

10,600

1,400

1,24,620 1,24,620

Important Point : Expenses for the current year only is shown in Income and

Expenditure Account for the same year, whether paid or not.

Page 206: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

205 [XI – Accountancy]

Illustration 4 : Following is the Receipts and Payments Account of Literary

Society for the year ended March 31, 2013

Dr. Cr.

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To Balance b/d 3,075 By Salaries 12,000

T subscriptions By Rent 3,600

2011-12 500 By Postage 150

2012-13 21,500 By Printing and

2013-14 750 Stationary 1,275

22,750 By Electricity Charges 1,500

To Interest on Investments 10,000 By Meeting Expenses 750

To Bank Interest 125 By Library Books 5,000

To Sale of Furniture 1,5000 By Investments 5,000

By Balance c/d 8,175

37,450 37,450

Following additional information is to be considered:

(i) On April 1, 2012 the society had the following assets and liabilities:

Investments Rs. 2,00,000; Furniture Rs. 15,000; library books Rs.

25,000; liability for Rent Rs. 300 and for Salaries Rs. 1,000. Subscription

in Arrears was Rs. 600.

(ii) On March 31, 2013 Rent of Rs. 400 and Salaries Rs. 1,250 were in

arrears. All the Subscription for the year 2012-13 has been received.

(iii) The book value of Furniture sold was Rs. 1,250.

Prepare the Income and Expenditure Account of the society for the year

ended on March 31, 2013 and the Balance Sheet as at that date.

Solution :

Balance Sheet

as on April 1, 2012

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Outstanding expenses Furniture 15,000

Page 207: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 206

Rent 300 Library Books 25,000

Salaries 1,000 1,300 Investments 2,00,000

Cash 3,075

Capital Fund 2,42,375 Subscription in arrears 600

2,43,675 2,43,675

Income and Expenditure Account

for the year ended on March 31, 2013

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

To Salaries 12,000 By Subscriptions 22,750

Less : For 2011-12 1,000 Less : For 2011-12 500

11,000 22,250

Add : Outstanding 1,250 Less : For 2013-14 750

12,250 21,500

To Rent 3,600 By Interest on Investment 10,000

Less : For 2011-12 300

3,300 By Bank Interest 125

Add : Outstanding 400 3,700 By profit on Sales of 250

furniture (1,500–1,250)

To Postage 150

To Printage and Stationary 1,275

To Electricity Charges 1,500

To Meeting Expenses 750

To Surplus 12,250

31,875 31,875

Balance Sheet as on March 31, 2013

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Subscription in advance 750 Furniture 15,000

Outstanding expenses : Less : sold 1,250

Salaries 1,250 13,750

Rent 400 Library books 25,000

1,650 Add : Additions 5,000

30,000

Capital Fund 2,42,375

Add : Surplus 12,250 Investments 2,00,000

Page 208: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

207 [XI – Accountancy]

2,54,625 Add : Additions 5,000

2,05,000

Cash 8,175

Subscription in

Arrears (2011-12) 100

2,57,025 2,57,025

Important Points : In the beginning of the year, Subscription of Rs. 600 was

in arrear but out of this amount, only Rs. 500 has been received during current

year. Hence only R. 500 is deducted from the amount received on account os

subscription.

Illustration 5 : On the basis of the information given below, calculate the

amount of stationary to be shown in the ‘Income and Expenditure Account’ of

‘Vishvamitra Literary Society’ for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Apr. 1, 2012 Mar. 31, 2013

Rs. Rs.

Stock of stationary 4,000 3,000

Creditors for stationary 4,500 5,500

Stationary purchased during the year ended March 31, 2013 was Rs.

23,500.

Solution :

Income and Expenditure Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2013 Cr.

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

To Stationary 23,500

Add : Opening Stock 4,000

27,500

Less : Closing Stock 3,000 24,500

24,500

Important Point : 1. Stationary used during current year only is shown in

Income and Expenditure Account for the same year. 2. Creditors for Stationary

Page 209: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 208

is not considered because ‘Stationary purchased during the year’ is given and

not ‘Amount paid to Creditors during the year’.

Illustration 6 : From the following informations of Arjun Sports Club, show

the Sports Material’ in the ‘Income and Expenditure Account’ for the year

ending March 31, 2011 and the Balance Sheets as on March 31, 2012 and

March 31, 2013 :

Mar. 31, 2012 Mar. 31, 2013

Rs. Rs.

Stock of sports material 4,400 11,600

Creditors for sports material 15,600 18,400

Advance to supplier of sports material 30,000 50,000

Payment to suppliers for the Sports Material during 2012-2013 was Rs.

2,40,000. No sports material purchased on cash basis during the year 2012-13

Balance Sheet

as on April 1, 2012

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Creditors for sports Advance to suppliers of

Material 15,600 Sports Material 30,000

Stock of sports material 4,400

Income and Expenditure Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2011 Cr.

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

To Sports Material 2,40,000

Less : For 2011-12 15,600

2,24,400

Add : Advance in 2011-12 30,000

Add : Opening stock 4,400

2,58,800

Less : For 2013-14 50,000

Page 210: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

209 [XI – Accountancy]

2,08,800

Less : Closing Stock 11,600

1,97,200

Add : Creditors at the End 18,400

2,15,600

Balance Sheet

As on March 31, 2013

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Creditors for sports material 18,400 Advance to Suppliers 50,000

Stock of Sports Material 11,600

Important Point : 1. Stationary used during current year only is shown in

Income and Expenditure Account for the same. 2. Creditors Stationary is

considered because ‘Stationary purchased during the year’ is not given and

‘Amount paid to Creditors during the year’ is given

Illustration 7 : The following is the ‘Receipts and Payments Account’ of

Galaxy Hospital, for the year ended on March 31, 2013.

Receipts and Payments Account

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To Balance b/d 17,000 By Payment for Medicines 66,000

To Subscriptions 96,000 By Fees to Doctors 48,000

To Donations 30,000 By Salaries 54,000

To Interest on By Equipments 30,000

Investments By Charity Show Expenses 8,000

@ 9% p.a.. for 1 year 18,000 By Sundry Expenses 2,400

To Proceeds from By Balanced c/d 16,600

Charity show 24,000

To Grant 40,000

2,25,000 2,25,000

Other information : Apr. 1, 2012 Mar. 31, 2013

Rs. Rs.

(i) Subscriptions in Arrears 1,000 2,000

Page 211: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 210

(ii) Subscriptions in Advance 2,000 1,000

(iii) Stock of Medicines 20,000 30,000

(iv) Amount due to Suppliers of Medicine 16,000 24,000

(v) Value of Equipments 50,000 66,000

(vi) Value of Building 1,40,000 1,30,000

You are required to prepare ‘Income and Expenditure Account’ for the

year ended on March 31, 2013 and ‘Balance Sheet’ as on that date.

Balance Sheet

as on March 31, 2012

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Amount due for Medicines 16,000 Cash 17,000

Subscriptions in Advance 2,000 Investments 2,00,000

Capital Fund (Bal. Fig.) 4,10,000 Subscriptions in Arrears 1,000

Stock of Medicines 20,000

Equipments 50,000

Building 1,40,000

4.28,000 4,28,000

Income and Expenditure Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2013 Cr.

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

To Medicines 66,000 By Subscriptions 96,000

Add : Opening Balance 20,000 Add : for 2011-12 1,000

86,000 95,000

Less : Closing Stock 30,000 Less : For 2013-14 1,000

56,000 94,000

Less : For 2011-12 16,000 Add : Arrears 2,000

40,000 Add. Advance received

Add : Creditors at end 24,000 in 2011-12 2,000

64,000 98,000

To Fees to Doctors 48,000 By Donations 30,000

To Salaries 54,000 By Interest on investments 18,000

To Charity Show Exp. 8,000 By Proceeds from Charity show 24,000

Page 212: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

211 [XI – Accountancy]

To Sundry Expenses 2,400 By Grant in Aid 40,000

Equipment :

Opening Balance 50,000

Add : Additions 30,000

80,000

Less : Closing Balance 66,000

To Depreciation on Buildings: 14,000

Opening Balance 1,40,000

Less : Closing Balance 1,30,000

10,000

To Surplus 9,600

2,10,000 2,10,000

Balance Sheet

as on March 31, 2013

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Amount due for Medicines 24,000 Cash 16,600

Subscriptions in Advance 1,000 Investments 2,00,000

Capital Fund (Bal. Fig.) 4,10,000 Subscriptions in Arrears 2,000

Add : Surplus 9,600 419,600 Stock of Medicines 30,000

Equipments 66,000

Buildings 1,30,000

4,44,600 4,.44,600

Important Points : Interest on Investment is given in the question but value

of investment si not shown in ‘Receipts and Payments Account’, it means this

investment was purchased before the current year and was mentioned in the

Balance Sheet at the beginning of the year. Therefore the value of the investment

is calculated as under. Value of investment =

1018,000 2,00,000

9

Illustration 8 : From the following information related to Amar Nath Charitable

Society, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended March

31, 2013

Page 213: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 212

Receipt and Payments Account

for the year ended March 31, 2013

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To Balance b/d 4,400 By Furniture 6,000

To Interest on Investments 4,600 By Sales 29,000

To Donations 34,000 By Miscellaneous Exp. 400

To Subscriptions 56,000 By Telephone charges 25,800

To Rent Received 24,000 By Fax Machine 12,000

To Sale of old Newspaper 600 By Investments 30,000

By Printing and stationary 800

By Balance c/d 19,600

1,23,600 1,23,600

Additional Information : Subscription received includes Rs. 1,200 for 2013-

14. The amount of subscription outstanding on March 31, 2013 Rs. Rs. 1,000;

Salaries unpaid for the year 2012-13 Rs. 1,400;60% of the Donations are to be

capitalized.

Solution :

Income and Expenditure Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2013 Cr.

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

To Salaries 29,000 By Subscriptions 56,000

Add : outstanding 1,400 Add : outstanding 1,000

30,400 57,000

To Miscellaneous Expenses 400 Less : Received in

Advance 1,200

To Telephone charges 25,800 55,800

to Printing and Stationery 800 By Interest on

investments 4,600

To Surplus 41,600 By Donations (40%) 13,600

By Rent Received 24,000

Add : Receivable 400

24,400

By Sale of old Newspapers 600

99,000 99,000

Page 214: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

213 [XI – Accountancy]

Important Points : Only 60% Donation is to be Capitalised as clear instruction

is given in question, Remaining 40% Donation is to be treated as income.

Illustration 9 : Following is the Receipt and Payment Account of Tulsi Literary

Society for the ended March 31, 2013. Prepare Income and Expenditure Account

for the year March, 31, 2013 and the Balance Sheet as on that date.

Receipt and Payment Account

for the year ended on March 31, 2013

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To Balance b/d 65,000 By Honorarium to cashier 4,000

To Life Membership Fee 30,000 By Stationary 1,000

To Subscriptions 14,000 By Books 6,000

To Sale of old Newspaper 1,000 By Telephone charges 2,400

To Lockers Rent 1,400 By Computer 90,000

To Entrance Fee 10,000 By Repairs 2,000

By Wages 5,000

By Balance c/d 11,000

1,21,400 1,21,400

On April 1, 2012 the society had Books of Rs. 10,000 Investments Rs.

20,000 and Furniture Rs. 10,000. Subscriptions outstanding as on April 1,

2012 were Rs. 1,200 and as March 31, 2013 were Rs. 1,400.

Creditors for stationary on April 1, 2012 were Rs. 400.

Additional books and computers are purchased on April 1, 2012.

Bills outstanding for repairs on March 31, 2013 were Rs. 2,200 and

wages outstanding were Rs. 1,000.

75% of the Entrance Fee is to be capitalized.

Depreciation is to be provided on computers @ 25% p.a. and books @

10% p.A

Solution :Balance Sheet

as on April 1, 2012

Liabilities Rs. Asset Rs

Creditors for Stationary 400 Cash 65,000

Page 215: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 214

Capital Fund (Bla. Fig.) 1,05,800 Subscriptions in Arrears 1,200

Books 10,000

Investments 20,000

Furniture 10,000

1,06,200 1,06,200

Income and Expenditure Account

for the year ended on March 31, 2013

Expenditure Rs. Income Rs

To Honorarium to cashier 4,000 By Entrance Fees 2,500

To Stationary 1,000 By Subscriptions 14,000

Less : For 2011-12 400 Add : Outstanding 1,400

600 15,400

To Depreciation on Less : For 2011-12 1,200

Computer 22,500 14,200

Books 1,600 By Sale of old

Newspaper 1000

24,100 By Locker Rent 1,400

To Telephone charges 2,400 By Deficit Investments 22,200

To Repairs 2,000

Add : Outstanding 2,200

4,200

To wages 5,000

Add : Outstanding 1,000

6,000

41,300 41,300

Balance Sheet

as at March 31, 2013

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Outstanding Wages 1,000 Cash 11,000

Outstanding repairs 2,200 Subscriptions in Arrears 1,400

Capital Fund 1,05,800 Computers 90,000

Add : Entrance Fee 7,500 Less : Depreciation 22,500

Page 216: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

215 [XI – Accountancy]

Add : Life Membership

Fee 30,000 67,500

1,43,300 Books 10,000

Less : Deficit 22,200 Add : Purchases 6,000

1,21,100 16,000

1,600

14,400

Investments 20,000

Furniture 10,000

1,24,300 1,24,300

Illustration 10 : From the following receipts & Payments Account of Sonic

Club & from the given additional information; prepare Income & Expenditure

Account for the year ending 31st December, 2012 & the Balance Sheet as on

that date :

Receipt & Payment Account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, December 2012 Cr.

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To Balance b/d 1,90,000 By Salaries 3,30,000

To Subscriptions 6,60,000 By Sports Equipment 4,00,000

To Interest on investment @ 8% By Balance c/d 1,60,000

p.a. For full year 40,000

8,90,000 8,90,000

Additional Information

(i) The club received Rs. 20,000 for subscriptions in 2011 for 2012.

(ii) Salaries had been paid only for 11 months.

(iii) Stock of Sports Equipment on 31st December, 2011 was Rs. 3,00,000

& on 31st December, 2012 Rs. 6,50,000.

Solution :

Page 217: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 216

Balance Sheet

Dr. as on 31st December, 2011 Cr.

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Subscription Received in Cash in Hand 1,90,000

Advance 20,000 Investment (Note 1) 5,00,000

Capital Fund (Balancing Fig.) 9,70,000 Stock of Sports Equipment 3,00,000

9,90,000 9,90,000

Note : (1) Value of Investment has been calculated as below :

If interest in 8, the value of Investments = 100

If interest is 40,000, the value of Investments

10040,000 Rs. 5,00,000

8

Income and Expenditure Account

Dr. for the year ending 31st December 2012 Cr.

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

To Salaries 3,30,000 By Subscription 6,60,000

Add : Outstanding Add : Advance

For one month Subscription

(3,30,000 / 11) 30,000 3,60,000 received in 2011

for 2012 20,000 6,80,000

To Sports Equipment By Interest on

Consumed : Investments 40,000

Opening Stock 3,00,000

Add Purchases 4,00,000

7,00,000

Less Closing Stock 6,50,000 50,000

To Surplus (Excess of

Income over Expenditure) 3,10,000

7,20,000 7,20,000

Page 218: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

217 [XI – Accountancy]

Balance Sheet

Dr. as on 31st December, 2011 Cr.

Receipts Rs. Payments Rs

Salaries Outstanding 30,000 Cash in Hand 1,60,000

Capital Fund 9,70,000 Investment (Note 1) 5,00,000

Add Surplus 3,10,000 12,80,000 Stock of Sports Equipment 6,50,000

13,10,000 13,10,000

Page 219: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 218

CHAPTER-12

COMPUTERS IN ACCOUNTING

Meaning of Computers: A computer is an electronic device, which is

capable of performing a variety of operations as directed by a set of instructions.

This set of instructions is called a computer programme.

Elements of Computer System

A computer system is a combination of six elements:

1. Hardware

2. Software

3. People

4. Procedure

5. Data

6. Connectivity

1. Hardware : Hardware of computers consists of physical components

such as keyboard, mouse, monitor, processor etc. These are electronic

and electromechanical components.

2. Software : In order to solve a particular problem with the help of

computers, a sequence of instructions written in proper language will

have to be feed into the computers. A set of such instructions is called

a 'Program' and the set of programs is called 'Software'.

For example, a computer by feeding a particular software can be used

to prepare pay-roll, whereas by feeding a second software it can be

used to prepare accounts, by feeding a third software it can be used for

inventory control and so on.

Page 220: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

219 [XI – Accountancy]

3. People : People are basically those individuals who use hardware and

software to develop, maintain and use the information system residing

in the computer memory. They constitute the most important part of the

computer System. The main categories of people involved with the

computer system are :

(a) System Analysis

(b) Operators

(c) Programmers

4. Procedures : The Procedure means a series of operations in a certain

order or manner to achieve desired results. These are of three types:

(a) Software-Oriented : Provides a set of instructions required for

using the software of a computer system.

(b) Hardware-Oriented : Provides details about the components

and their methods of operations.

(c) Internal Procedure : Helps to ensure smooth flow of data to

computers sequencing the operations of each sub-system of over

all computer system.

5. Data : These are facts (may consist of numbers, text etc.) gathered and

entered into a computer system. The computer system in turn stores,

retrieves, classifies, organises and synthesis the data to produce

information when desires.

Examples :

1. Bio-data of various applicants when the computer is used for

recruitment of staff.

2. Marks obtained by various students in various subjects when

the computer is used to prepare results.

6. Connectivity : the manner in which a particular computer system is

connected to others (say through telephone lines, microwave

transmission-satellite link etc.) is called element of connectivity.

Page 221: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 220

Capabilities or Advantage of Computer System

A Computer system posses the following advantages in comparison of

human beings:

1. High Speed : Computers are known for their lightening speed of

operations and requires less time in comparison to human beings in

performing a task. Most of modern computers perform millions of

operations in one second.

2. Accuracy : Computers are extremely accurate. Their operations are

error free and as such the information obtained from it is highly reliable.

But sometimes errors occur due to bad programming or in accurate

data feeding. In computer terminology, it refers is called Garbage in,

garbage out (GIGO).

3. Reliability : Its reliability refers to the ability with which computer

remains functional to serve the user. Unlike human beings these are

immune to tiredness, boredom or fatigue, and can perform jobs of

repetitive nature any number of times.

4. Versatility : It refers to the ability of computers to perform a variety

of tasks. It can switch over from one programme to another. The same

computer can be used for accounting work, stock control, sales analysis

and even for playing games by the use of different softwares.

5. Storage : Memory or Storage capacity of a computer is so large that

it can store any volume of information or data. Such data can be stored

in it on magnetic discs, floppy discs, punched cards or microfilms etc.

The information stored can be recalled at any time and also correction

can be done within no time.

Limitations : Inspite of so many qualities, computers suffer from the

following limitations.

(1) Lack of Common sense : Since computer work according to the stored

programms, they simply lack of common sense.

(2) Zero I.Q. : Computers are dumb devices with zero Intelligence Quotient

(IQ). They can't visualize and think what exactly to do under a particular

situation unless they are programmed to tackle that situation.

Page 222: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

221 [XI – Accountancy]

(3) Lack of Feeling : Computers lack feelings like human beings be cause

they are machines. No computer passes the equivalent of a human heart

and soul.

(4) Lack of Decision-making : Decision making is a complex process

involving information, knowledge, intelligence, wisdom & ability to

judge, Computers cannot make decisions of their own.

Some more limitations related to computerised System in Accounting

(1) High Cost of Training : Besides the high cost of computer system,

huge money is required to get the trained specialised staff to ensure

efficient and effective use of computerised systems.

(2) Danger of System Failure : The danger of system crashing due to

hardware failure and the subsequent loss of word is a serious limitation

of this system.

(3) Staff Opposition : Whenever the Accounting System is computerised,

there is a significant degree of resistance from the existing staff because

of the fear that they shall be less important to the organisation.

(4) Disruption : The accounting process suffer a significant loss of work

and time when an organisation switches over to this system. This is due

to the changes in the working environment that requires accounting

staff to adapt to new system and procedures.

COMPONENTS OF COMPUTERS

The functional components consists of Input Unit, Central Processing

Unit (CPU) and the out Unit relation as follows:

(1) Input Unit : It is for entering the data into the computer system.

Keyboard and Mouse are the most commonly used input devices. Other

such devices are magnetic tapes, disc, light pen, optical scanner, smart

card reader etc. Besides there are some devices which respond to voice

and physical touch.

Page 223: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 222

(2) Central Processing Unit (CPU) : It is the main part of computer

hardware that actually processes the date according to the instructions

it receives. It has three units:

Output Output

Key Board& (Mouse)

Disc, Floppyetc.

C.P.U.

Input

Monitor Printer

Input and Output

(a) Arithmetic and Logic Unit (ALU) : Responsible for performing

all the arithmetic calculations such as addition, subtraction etc.

and logical operations involving comparison among variables.

(b) Memory Unit : For storing the date.

(c) Control Unit: Responsible for controlling and co-ordinating the

activities of all other units of the computer system.

(3) Output Unit : After processing the data, the information produced is

required in human readable and understandable form. Output devices

perform this function. The commonly used devices are monitor, printer,

graphic plotter (external) and magnetic stage devices (internal). A new

device which is capable of producing verbal output that sound in human

speech is also developed.

Operating Software

Operating Software is a set of programmes that is used by computers for

various purposes. Operating Software is essential part of computer system in

absence of operating software computer can not operate. There are many

operating softwares like Windows, Excel etc.

Page 224: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

223 [XI – Accountancy]

Utility Software

Utility Software is a set of computer programmes used to perform

supporting operations in a computer. Utility Software are highly specialised

and designed to perform only a single task or a small range of tasks.

Application Software

Application Software is the set of programmes which is designed and

developed for performing certain task like accounting, word processing etc. for

example Tally is the application software.

Accounting Information System (AIS)

Accounting Information System is a system of collecting, processing,

summarising and reporting information about a business organisation in

monetary terms. It maintains a detailed financial record of the business

operations and transfer the data into valuable information.

So, Accounting Information System (AIS) is a sub-system of MIS. AIS is

a structure that allow its users to collect and use business data.

Application of Computers in Accounting

1. Recording of transactions : Record the all business transactions

properly and timely.

2. Draw all ledger accounts : Computers prepares all ledger accounts by

given transactions, like cash, bank, debtors, sales a/c etc.

3. Preparation of Trial Balance: It prepares the Trial Balance according

to ledger accounts.

4. Preparation of Final A/c : It has utility to prepare Trading A/c, P&L

A/c and Balance Sheet.

Features of Computerised Accounting System

Computerised accounting system is based on the concept of database.

This system offers the following features:

Page 225: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 224

(1) Online input and storage of accounting data.

(2) Printout of purchase and sales invoices.

(3) Every account and transaction is assigned a unique code.

(4) Grouping of accounts is done from the beginning.

(5) Instant reports for management, for example: Stock Statement, Trial Balance,

Income Statement, Balance Sheet, Payroll Reports, Tax Reports etc.

Automation of Accounting Process

When accounting functions are done by computerised accounting software

that is known as automation of accounting process under the automation of

accounting process human activity is less but accounting software is more

used.

So, accounting functions like posting into ledger, Balancing, Trial Balance

and Final Accounts are prepared by computer.

Stages of Automation

There are different stages of automation as:

(i) Planning : Under this stage the assessment of size, and business

transactions is done for which automation has to be made.

(ii) Selection of Accounting Software : As there are many accounting

softwares available in the market. So, in this stage appropriate accounting

software is to be selected according to company's need.

(iii) Selection of Accounting Hardware : Under this stage of automation

the computer hardware is selected. This hardware should be such which

can fullfil the accounting requirement and support the accounting

software.

(iv) Chart of Accounts : Under this stage list of required heads of accounts

is prepared.

(v) Grouping of Accounts: There are various transactions for Expenses,

Income, Assets, Liabilities. All these transactions can not be shown

directly. So, these transactions are grouped as salary, wages, discount

and commission etc.

Page 226: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

225 [XI – Accountancy]

(vi) Generation of Reports: This is final stage of automation under this

final reports are prepared in from of Cash Book, Journal, Ledger, Trial

Balance, P&L A/c and Balance Sheet etc.

Comparison of Manual and Computered Accounting System

Base Manual Accounting Computerised Accounting

1. Identifying In this system, it is done In this system, it is also done

Financial manually according to principles. manually according to principles.

Transactions

2. Recording In this system, entries are In this, entries are recorded

recorded manually and other manually but other calculations

calculations also done manually. are done by computers.

3. Adjustment In this system, all adjustments In this system entries related to

Entries entries are done manually. posting are done by computers.

4. Financial In this system, final statements In this system final statements is

statement is prepared manually prepared by computer with help

of software.

Sourcing of Accounting Software

India is one of software making country. So, accounting softwares are

easily available in Indian Market. But it is more important to know what is

your need of accounting software.

Generally, Tally accounting software is used in India which is easily

available in market.

Accounting Softwares

(1) Readymade Software : Readymade Software are the software that are

developed not for any specific user but for the users in general. Some

of the readymade softwares available are Tally, Ex, Busy. Such softwares

are economical and ready to use. Such softwares do not fulfill the

requirement of very user.

(2) Customised Software : Customised software means modifying the

readymade softwares to suit the specific requirements of the user.

Readymade softwares are modified according to the need of the business.

Cost of installation, main tenance and training is relatively higher than

Page 227: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 226

that of readymade user. There packages are used by those medium or

large business enterprises in which financial transactions are some what

peculiar in nature.

(3) Tailor-made Software : The softwares that are developed to meet the

requirement of the user on the basis of discussion between the user and

developers. Such softwares help in maintaining effective management

information system. The cost of these softwares in very high and specific

training for using these packages is also required.

Generic Considerations Before Sourcing Accounting Software

(i) Flexibility : a computer software system must be flexible in respect of

data handling and report preparing.

(ii) Maintenance Cost : The accounting software must be such which has

less maintenance cost.

(iii) Size of organisation : The accounting software must be according to

need and size of organisation.

(iv) Easy to adaptation : The accounting software must be such which is

easy to apply in organisation.

(v) Secrecy of data : The accounting software must be such which provide

the secrecy of business data, from others.

Preparation of Accounts Groups

Groups of accounts means classifying the accounting transactions into

different heads like Assets Group, Liabilities Group, Income Group and

Expenses Group. By these grouping of accounts the final Accounts are

meaningful for its users.

Generation of Accounting Reports

After collecting business data, it is converted into meaningful informations.

Such summarised and converted information is known as a report.

The report is more effective if it is based on accurate and timely data.

A report must be relevant to users and contain all relevant information

like Debtor's Report, Creditor's Report, Trial Balance and Financial Statement

Report and others.

Page 228: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

227 [XI – Accountancy]

Scope

(i) The scope of the unit is to understand accounting as an information

system for the generation of accounting information and preparation of

accounting reports.

(ii) It is advised that the working knowledge of Tally software will be

given to the students for generation of accounting software. For this,

the teachers may refer chapter 4 of Class XII NCERT text book on

Computerised Accounting System.

PROJECT - I

PROJECT WORK IN ACCOUNTANCY CLASS XI

In Accounting, Project Work is introduced at XI class for 10 marks. At

this level, the accountancy teachers require to help the students in the project

in the following ways:

1. To provide knowledge to the students about Accounting Process.

2. Give the imaginary transactions data.

3. Show the original source document (Which is easily available).

4. To train the students for preparing vouchers.

5. Tell the students how to record transactions from vouchers.

6. To motivate students to collect various source documents.

7. To encourage students to prepare books of accounts with the help of

vouchers.

So, the commerce teacher will play a important role in preparation of

project in class XI. The teacher may provide various transactions to the students.

Some transactions are given below:

Ayan started business under the name AYAN & BROTHERS at NOIDA

on April 1, 2011 to deal in Books and Stationary material. He introduced Rs.

5,00,000 as capital out of which Rs. 1,00,000 was in cash and balance by

cheque. He enclosed the original papers relating to his business transactions

for the month of April, 2011.

Page 229: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 228

Students should analyse the transactions on the basis of these papers and

process the information through:

Various stages of accounting cycle.

Preparation of vouchers for each financial transaction.

Recording in the journal and subsidiary books.

SOURCE DOCUMENTS

Transaction 2

Page 230: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

229 [XI – Accountancy]

Transaction 3

CASH MEMORama Stores

Page 231: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 230

Page 232: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

231 [XI – Accountancy]

Transaction 9

Page 233: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 232

Transaction 12M/s Aryan & Brothers Noida

No. 1 Receipt (Original) Date : 14.04.2011

Received with thanks from M/s Ramesh Trading Co. sum of Rupees one lacfifty thousand only as part payment of Invoice no. 1, dated April 12, 2011 through cheque no. 486958 on ICICI BANK LTD. DELHI.

FOR AYAN & BROTHERS

Transaction 14

Carriage paid for unloading of goods Rs. 500 cash.

Page 234: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

233 [XI – Accountancy]

Transaction 16

BILL OF EXCHANGENOIDA

Stamp Date : 19.04.2011

one month after date pay M/s Ayan & Brothers or order the sum of Rupeestwenty thousand only, value received.

for AYAN & BROTHERSRs. 20,000To,M/s Vikas Ltd.

AYAN

Transaction 17

Mr. Ayan withdraw Rs. 3,000 from Bank Account for personal use

vide cheque no. 186930 on 20th April, 2011.

Transaction 18

Rs. 25,000 Wages paid to worker vide cheque No. 186931 on 20th

April 2011.

Transaction 19PROMISSORY NOTENOIDA

Date : 19.04.2011

Rs. 10,000Two month after date, I/We promise to pay M/s Sunlight Ltd. Or ordersum of Rupees Ten Thousand only for the value received.

for AYAN & BROTHERSAYAN

Page 235: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 234

Transaction 20

Payment made for purchasing Printing and Stationary Material vide

cheque no. 186932, HDFC BANK LTD. on 25th April, 2011

Transaction 21

Salary of Rs. 15,000 paid for the month of April, 2011 by cheque

No. 186935.

Event as on 30th, April 2011

Inventory was counted and valued Rs. 1,08,950.

Page 236: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

235 [XI – Accountancy]

Page 237: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 236

Page 238: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

237 [XI – Accountancy]

4,00,000

Sd/-Manager

Sd/-Accountant

Page 239: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 238

Page 240: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

239 [XI – Accountancy]

Page 241: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 240

1,50,000

Sd/-Manager

Sd/-Accountant

Page 242: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

241 [XI – Accountancy]

17

19.7

Page 243: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 242

AYAN AND BROTHERS

VOUCHER for Transaction 21

Page 244: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

243 [XI – Accountancy]

Pu

rch

ase

Boo

k

Date

Pa

rtic

ula

rsB

ill

No

.L

.F.

Det

ail

s (R

s).

Am

ou

nt

(Rs)

2011

Su

nli

gh

t C

o5

65

6 A

pr

10

00

Sket

ch B

oo

k @

Rs.

50

50

00

0

50

0 P

ract

ical

Shee

t (2

4 S

hee

ts)

@ R

s. 4

82

40

00

50

0 G

rap

h P

ad @

Rs.

25

12

50

0

50

0 G

raph E

xer

cise

Bo

ok @

25

12

50

0

25

0 L

ong E

xer

cise

Bo

ok 2

88 P

ages

(12

P

cs.)

@R

s.60

01

50

00

0

11

0 N

ote

Pad

115

X1

80

mm

Siz

e (1

2 P

cs.)

@ R

s.1

00

11

00

0

26

000

0

Les

s:10%

Tra

de

Dis

coun

t-2

60

00

23

400

0

14

-Apr

Su

nli

gh

t C

o6

71

10

0 S

ket

ch B

oo

k @

Rs.

50

50

00

10

0 P

ract

ical

Shee

t (2

4 S

hee

ts)

@ R

s. 5

05

00

0

10

0 G

rap

h P

ad @

Rs

25

25

00

10

0 G

rap

h E

xer

cise

Bo

ok @

Rs.

25

25

00

15

,00

0

30

-Apr

To P

urc

has

e A

/c (

Tra

nsf

erre

d t

o P

urc

has

es A

/c)

..D

r.2

,49,0

00

Page 245: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 244

Sale

s B

oo

k

Date

Pa

rtic

ula

rsIn

voic

e N

o.

L.F

.D

etail

s (R

s).

Am

ou

nt

(Rs)

2011

Ram

esh T

rad

ing C

o.

1

12

-Apr

95

0 S

ket

ch B

oo

k @

Rs.

60

57

,00

0

49

4 G

rap

h P

ad @

Rs.

50

24

,70

0

50

0 G

rap

h E

xer

cise

Bo

ok @

Rs.

40

20

,00

0

21

2 L

ong E

xer

cise

Bo

ok 2

88 P

ages

(12

Pcs

.) @

Rs.

65

01

,37,8

00

84

Note

Pad

11

5X

18

0 m

m S

ize

(12 P

cs.)

10

,50

0

@ R

s. 1

25

2,5

0,0

00

Les

s: 2

% T

rad

e D

isco

un

t-5

00

02

,45,0

00

12

-Apr

Vik

as L

td.

2

10

00

17

X27 c

ms.

siz

e E

xer

cise

Boo

k R

s. 1

8.7

51

8,7

50

85

Pra

ctic

al S

hee

t (2

4 S

hee

ts)

Rs.

60

5,1

00

49

9 G

rap

h E

xer

cise

Bo

ok @

Rs.

40

19

,96

0

49

Sket

ch B

oo

k @

Rs.

60

2,9

40

26

Note

Pad

11

5X

18

0 m

m S

ize

(12 P

cs.)

@ R

s. 1

25

3,2

50

50

,00

0

Les

s: 1

0%

Tra

de

Dis

cou

nt

-5,0

00

45

00

0

30

-Apr

To S

ales

A/c

(T

ran

sfer

red

to S

ales

A/c

)..

.Cr.

29

000

0

Page 246: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

245 [XI – Accountancy]

In t

he

Bo

ok

s of

Ay

aan

& B

roth

ers

Jou

rna

l E

ntr

ies

Date

Pa

rtic

ula

rsL

.F.

Det

ail

s (R

s).

Am

ou

nt

(Rs)

2011

Fu

rnit

ure

& F

ixtu

res

A/c

Dr.

95

,00

0

2-A

pr

To R

am &

So

ns

95

,00

0

(Bei

ng f

urn

itu

re a

nd f

ixtu

res

pu

rchas

edo

n c

redit

vid

e b

ill

no.

12

6)

6-A

pr

Dis

cou

nt

All

ow

ed A

/cD

r.5

00

To S

ales

A/c

50

0

(Bei

ng g

oo

ds

sold

and

ch

equ

e N

o.

36

953

1 o

n

AX

IS B

ank i

s re

ceiv

ed,

dis

cou

nt

allo

wed

)

19

-Apr

Bil

ls R

ecei

vab

le A

/cD

r.2

0,0

00

To V

ikas

Ltd

.2

0,0

00

(Bei

ng a

ccep

tan

ce r

ecei

ved

fro

m S

unli

gh

t L

td.)

21

-Apr

Su

nli

gh

t L

td.

Dr.

10

,00

0

To B

ills

Pay

able

A/c

10

,00

0

(Bei

ng a

ccep

tan

ce g

iven

to

Su

nli

gh

t L

td.)

Page 247: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 246

Ledger Accounts

Dr. Capital Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

30-Apr To Balance c/d 5,00,000 1-Apr By Bank A/c 4,00,000

1-Apr By Cash A/c 1,00,000

5,00,000 5,00,000

2011

1-May By Balance b/d 5,00,000

Dr. Drawings Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

20-Apr To Bank A/c 3,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 3,000

3,000 3,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 3,000

Dr. Furniture & Fixtures Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

2-Apr To Ram & Sons 95,000

8-Apr To Cash A/c 5,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 1,00,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 1,00,000

Dr. Purchases Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

3-Apr To Bank A/c 85,000

15-Apr To Bank A/c 25,000

30-Apr To Purchases Book 2,49,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 3,59,000

3,59,000 3,59,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 3,59,000

Page 248: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

247 [XI – Accountancy]

Dr. Office Equipment Account Cr.

DateParticulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

5-Apr To Bank A/c 75,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 75,000

75,000 75,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 75,000

Dr. Bill Receivable Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

19-Apr To Vikas Ltd. 20,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 20,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 20,000

Dr. Ram & Sons Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

12-Apr To Bank A/c 50,000 2-Apr By Furniture & 95,000

30-Apr To Balance c/d 45,000 Fixtures A/c

95,000 95,000

2011

1-May By Balance b/d 45,000

Dr. Discount Allowed Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

7-Apr To Sales A/c 500 30-Apr By Balance c/d 500

500 500

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 500

Page 249: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 248

Dr. Sales Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

30-Apr To Balance c/d 3,15,000 7-Apr By Bank A/c 24,500

7-Apr By Discount Allowed 500

30-Apr By sales book 2,90,000

3,15,000 3,15,000

2011

1-May By Balance b/d 3,15,000

Dr. Sunlight Ltd. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

21-Apr To Bills Payable A/c 10,000 6-Apr By Purchases A/c 2,34,000

30-Apr To Balance c/d 2,39,000 14-Apr By Purchases A/c 15,000

2,49,000 2,49,000

2011

1-May By Balance b/d 2,39,000

Dr. Bills Payable (Promissory Note) Account Cr.

DateParticulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

30-Apr To Balance c/d 10,000 21-Apr By Sunlight Ltd. 10,000

10,000 10,000

2011

1-May By Balance b/d 10,000

Dr. Vikas Ltd. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

12-Apr To Sales A/c 45,000 19-Apr By Bills Receivable A/c 20,000

30-Apr By Balance c/d 25,000

45,000 45,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 25,000

Page 250: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

249 [XI – Accountancy]

Dr. Ramesh Trading Co. Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

12-Apr To Sales A/c 2,45,000 14-Apr By Bank A/c 1,50,000

30-Apr By Balance c/d 95,000

2,45,000 2,45,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 95,000

Dr. Advt. Expenses Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

10-Apr To Cash A/c 2,500 30-Apr By Balance c/d 2,500

2,500 2,500

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 2,500

Dr. Printing & Stationary Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

25-Apr To Bank A/c 2,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 2,000

2,000 2,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 2,000

Dr. Carriage Inward Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

15-Apr To Cash A/c 500 30-Apr By Balance c/d 500

500 500

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 500

Page 251: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 250

Dr. Wages Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

20-Apr To Bank A/c 25,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 25,000

25,000 25,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 25,000

Dr. Salaries Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount Rs. Date Particular J.F. Amount Rs.

2011 2011

30-Apr To Bank A/c 15,000 30-Apr By Balance c/d 15,000

15,000 15,000

2011

1-May To Balance b/d 15,000 15,000

Trial Balance

Particulars Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

Cash A/c 92,000

Bank A/c 2,94,500

Capital A/c 5,00,000

Drawings A/c 3,000

Furniture & Fixtures 1,00,000

Purchases A/c 3,59,000

Sales A/c 3,15,000

Office Equipment A/c 75,000

Printing & Stationary A/c 2,000

Advertisement Exp. A/c 2,500

Carriage Inward A/c 500

Bill Receivable A/c 20,000

Bills Payable (Promissory Note) A/c 10,000

Discount Allowed A/c 500

Wages A/c 25,000

Salaries A/c 15,000

Ram & Sons 45,000

Sunlight Ltd. 2,39,000

Vikas Ltd. 25,000

Ramesh Trading Co. 95,000

Total 11,09,000 11,09,000

Page 252: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

251 [XI – Accountancy]

AYAN & BROTHERS

TRADING AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

For the period 1st April 2011 to 30th April 2011

Particulars Amount (Rs.) Particulars Amount (Rs.)

To Purchases 3,59,000 By Sales 3,15,000

To Carriage Inward 500 By Closing Stock 1,08,950

To Wages 25,000

To Gross Profit c/d 39,450

4,23,950 4,23,950

To Advt. Expenses 2,500 By Gross Profit b/d 39,450

To Discount Allowed 500

To Printing & Stationary 2,000

To Salary 15,000

To Net Profit 19,450

39,450 39,450

AYAN & BROTHERS

BALANCE SEET

As at 30th April 2011

Liabilities Amt. (Rs.) Assets Amt. (Rs.)

Capital Account Fixed Assets

Introduced 5,00,000 Office Equipment 75,000

Add: Net Profit 19,450 Furniture & Fixtures 1,00,000

For the period 5,19,450

Less: Drawings 3,000 5,16,450 Current Assets

Sundry Debtors 1,20,000

Current Liabilities Cash In Hand 92,000

Sundry Creditors (Goods) 2,39,000 Cash At Bank 2,94,500

Sundry Creditors (Others) 45,000 Bill Receivable 20,000

Bills Payable (Promissory note) 10,000 Closing Stock 1,08,950

8,10,450 8,10,450

Page 253: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 252

PROJECT - II

Project work 2 (procedure)

Preparation of Bank Reconciliation Statement with the help of given

Cash Book and Pass Book.

If both the books (Cash Book and Pass Book) are given, the following

procedure will be adopted.

Step 1 : Tick off the items which are found both in the cash book and passbook/

bank statement. Put sign () before such items.

Items ticked () will neither be recorded in amended cash book nor in

Bank Reconciliation Statement.

Step 2 : The unticked items in the passbook will indicate that have not yet

been recorded in cash book.

These items will usually consist of:

(i) Direct deposits by customers in bank.

(ii) Bank charges.

(iii) Interest charged by bank.

(iv) Interest allowed by bank.

Step 3 : Balance the bank column of cash bok to know an updated balance.

Bank Reconciliation Statement is to be prepared on the basis of this updated

balance.

Step 4: Identify the unticked items on the Receipts side of the Cash Book.

These items generally consist of 'cheques deposit to the bank but not collected'.

Step 5 : Amended Cash Book is to be prepared on the basis of items identified

in step 1, 2, 3.

Bank reconciliation statement is to be prepared on the basis of items

identified in steps 4 and 5.

Page 254: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

253 [XI – Accountancy]

Project 1

The cash book of Shivalik Global Limited, showing the bank columns

only, is given below along with a copy of the Pass Book of its bank account

with Allahabad Bank for April, 2013.

You are required to prepare amended Cash Book and reconcile it with

Pass Book.

Shivalik Global Limited

Cash Book (Bank Column only)

Date Receipts L.F. Rs. Date Particulars L.F. Rs.

2013 2013

Apr. 1 Balance b/d 5,70,000 Apr. 1 Bishan Hari Bros. 39,200

Apr. 1 Bishambar & Co. 62,800 Apr. 1 Maruti Suzuki India 20,000

Apr. 4 P.L. Kataria 97,200 Apr. 3 J.P. Infra Ltd. 2,16,000

Apr. 8 Reliance Power Ltd. 36,400 Apr. 9 Surendra Pal 16,800

Apr. 13 Meena Singh 30,000 Apr. 9 India Visions Ltd. 1,96,000

Apr. 20 Krishna & Company 1,68,000 Apr. 10 Reliance Insurance 1,20,000

Apr. 28 House of Fashions Ltd. 37,600 Apr. 16 Shivam Garage 44,000

Apr. 23 Peddy Cash 20,000

Apr. 27 Sanjay & Co. 48,000

Apr. 28 Balance c/d 2,82,000

10,02,000 10,02,000

Allahabad Bank, Sansad Marg, New Delhi

Statement of Account No. 5984758722: Shivalik Global Limited

Date Details Debit Credit Balance

2013

Apr. 1 Balance 5,70,000 cr.

Apr. 2 Bishambar & Co. 62,800 6,32,800 cr.

Apr. 4 Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. 20,000 6,12,800 cr.

Apr. 5 Bishan Hari Bros. 39,200 5,73,600 cr.

Apr. 6 P.L. Kataria 97,200 6,70,800 cr.

Apr. 10 Reliance Power Ltd. 36,400 7,07,200 cr.

Page 255: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 254

Apr. 14 Reliance Insurance 1,20,000 5,87,200 cr.

Meena Singh 30,000 6,51,200 cr.

Apr. 23 India Vision Ltd. 1,96,000 4,21,200cr.

Apr. 25 Krishna & Co. 1,68,000 5,89,200cr.

Apr. 25 Someshwar 41,200 5,48,000cr.

Apr. 25 Self 20,000 5,28,000cr.

Apr. 27 Chandramani 88,000 6,16,000cr.

Apr. 28 Bank Charges 15,200 6,00,800cr.

Solution :

Step 1 : Tick off the items which are found both in cash and pass book. Put

() sign before such items. Items ticked () will neither be recorded

in amended cash book nor in Bank Reconciliation Statement.

Step 2 : Unticked items in the Pass Book indicate items that have not yet been

recorded in the cash Book. These are :

(i) Payment of Rs. 41, 200 made to Someshwar on April 25.

(ii) Direct deposit by Chandramani Rs. 88,000 on April 27.

(iii) Bank charges of Rs. 15,200 charged by bank on April 28.

These items are to be recorded in Cash Book to update it.

Amended Cash Book

Date Receipts Rs. Date Payment Rs.

Apr. 28 Balance b/d 2,82,000 Apr. 28 Someshwar 41,200

Apr. 28 Chandramani 88,000 Apr. 28 Bank Charges 15,200

Apr. 28 Balance c/d 3,13,600

3,70,000 3,70,000

2013

Apr. 28 Balance b/d 3,13,600

Step 3 : Balance the bank columns of amended cash book to know an update

balance.

Step 4 : Identify the unticked items on receipt side of cash book. It is' cheque

deposited into bank but not collected'; 'House of fashions Ltd.' Rs.

Page 256: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

255 [XI – Accountancy]

37,600.

Step 5 : Identify unticked items on the payment side of cash book, These are:

JP infra Ltd. 2,16,000

Surendra Pal 16,800

Shivam Garage 44,000

Sanjay & Co. 48,000

Items identified in step 4 and 5 are to be shown in Bank Reconciliation

Statement.

Bank Reconciliation Statement

as on April 30, 2013

Particulars Plus items Minus Items

Balance as per Cash Book 3,13,600

Less : Cheques deposited but not cleared, 37,600

house of fashions Ltd.

Add: Cheques issued but not yet

Present for payment

J.P Infra Ltd. 2,16,000

Surendra Pal 16,800

Shivam Garage 44,000

Sanjay & Co. 48,000

3,24,800

Balance as per Pass Book 6,00,800

6,38,400 6,38,400

Page 257: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 256

PROJECT-1

COMPREHENSIVE

Problem

Mr. Antriksh Samrat has completed his diploma in Textiles Now he has

started a cloth business after inspired by his uncle's cloths business.

He has invested Rs. 10,00,000 as capital out of which Rs. 5,00,000 as

cash and Rs. 5,00,000 by cheque on dated 1. April 2013.

The transactions related to business are as:-

2 April : Furniture purchased Rs. 1,80,000 from Gupta Furnitures.

4. April : Goods purchased Rs. 70,000 by Cheque.

5 April : Purchased office equipment Rs.70,000 by bank.

7 April : Goods sold Rs. 3,25,000 and deposited the same into Bank.

8 April : Purchased Furniture in cash Rs. 3,20,000.

9 April : Goods Purchased from Gwalior Textiles on credit.

Trouser cloths - 80,000

Shirt cloths - 10,000

Coat cloths - 1,40,000

T. Shirts - 30,000

Less 10% Trade Discount.

10 April : Paid Advertisement expense Rs. 12,500.

12 April : Goods sold to Bhola sons

285 Trousers Pieces @ 200 - 57,000

255 Shirts Pieces @ 100 - 25,500

Page 258: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

257 [XI – Accountancy]

40 S.P. White cloth pieces @ 500 - 20,000

137 coat pieces @ 1000 - 1,37,000

105 T. Shirts @ 100 - 10,500

13 April : Paid Rs. 1,50,000 to Gupta Furniture by cheque

14 April : Goods sold to star cloths store

50 Trousers piece @ 200 - 10,000

50 shirts peice @ 100 - 5,000

20 coat peice @ 1,000 - 20,000

24 White cloths @ 500 - 12,000

30 T. Shirts peice @ 100 - 3,000

15 April : Received a cheque Rs. 1,50,000 from Bhola sons and deposited

into bank.

16 April : Goods purchased from Gwalior Textiles :

White cloths - 5,000

Grey cloths - 10,000

16 April : Paid Rs.500 as Carriage inward.

16 April : Purchased goods Rs. 50,000 by cheque.

18 April : Antriksh withdraw from Bank Rs. 3,000 for personal use.

22 April : Paid wages Rs. 25,000 by cheque

23 April : Paid Rs. 2,000 for printing and stationary by cheque.

30 April : Paid salary to Employees Rs. 1,00,000 by cheques.

Stock at the end was Rs. 75000.

Prepare the followings :

- Journal

- Ledger is Accounts

- Trial Balance

- Trading and Profit and Loss Account

- Balance sheet.

Page 259: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 258

Solution :

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2013

Apr.., 1 Cash A/c Dr. 5,00,000

Bank A/c Dr. 5,00,000

To Capital A/c 10,00,000

(The business started with cash

and Bank by Antriksh

Apr., 2 Furniture A/c Dr. 1,80,000

To Gupta Furnitures 1,80,000

(The furniture purchased on credit)

Apr., 4 Purchases A/c Dr. 70,000

To Bank A/c 70,000

(The goods purchased by cheque)

Apr., 5 Office Equipment A/c Dr. 70,000

To Bank A/c 70,000

(The Office equipment Purchased)

Apr., 7 Bank A/c Dr. 3,25,000

To sales A/c 3,25,000

(The goods sold and deposit

in Bank)

Apr., 8 Furniture A/c Dr. 3,20,000

To Cash A/c 3,20,000

(The furniture purchased in cash)

Apr., 9 Purchases A/c Dr. 2,34,000

To Gwalior Textiles 2,34,000

(The goods Purchased from Gwalior)

Textile at 10% Discount

Apr., 10 Advertisement Exp. A/c Dr. 12,500

To Cash A/c 12,5000

(The paid for advertisement

expense)

Apr., 12 Bhola sons Dr. 2,45,000

To Sales A/c 2,45,000

Page 260: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

259 [XI – Accountancy]

(The goods sold to Bhola sons)

AT 2% Trade discount

Apr., 13 Gupta Furnitures Dr. 1,50,000

To Bank A/c 1,50,000

(The amount paid by cheque)

Apr., 14 Star cloth Store Dr. 45,000

To sales A/c 45,000

(The goods sold at 10% Discount)

Apr., 15 Bank A/c Dr. 1,50,000

To Bhola Sons 1,50,000

(The cheque receive and deposit)

Apr., 16 Purchases A/c Dr. 15,000

To Gwalior Textiles 15,000

(The goods purchased on credit)

Apr., 16 Carriage Inwards A/c Dr. 500

To Cash A/c 500

(The carriage inward paid)

Apr., 16 Purchases A/c 50,000

To Bank A/c 50,000

(The goods purchase and paid

by cheque)

Apr. 18 Drawings A/c Dr. 3,000

To Bank A/c 3,000

(The amount withdraw from

Bank for personal use)

Apr., 22 Wages A/c Dr. 25,000

To Bank A/c 25,000

(The Paid for wages)

Apr. 23 Printing and stationery A/c Dr. 2,000

To Bank A/c 2,000

(The paid for printing and

Stationary)

Apr., 30 Salaries A/c Dr. 1,00,000

To Bank A/c 1,00,000

(The paid for salary)

Page 261: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 260

Dr.

Cash

Boo

k i

n t

he

of

An

trik

shC

r.

Date

Pa

rtic

ula

rsL

.F.

Cash

Ba

nk

Da

teP

art

icu

lars

L.F

.C

ash

Ba

nk

201

32

01

3

1 A

pr.

To C

apit

als

A/c

5,0

0,0

00

5,0

0,0

00

4 A

pr.

By P

urc

has

es A

/c-

70

,00

0

7 A

pr.

To S

ales

A/c

-3

,25

,00

05

Ap

r.B

y o

ffic

e E

quip

men

t-

70

,00

0

15

apr.

To B

ho

la s

ons

-1

,50

,00

08

apr.

By F

urn

itu

re A

/c3

,20,0

00

-

10 A

pr.

By A

dvt.

Exp

ense

A/c

12

,50

0-

13 A

pr.

By G

upta

Fu

rnit

ure

s-

1,5

0,0

00

16 A

pr.

By C

arri

age

Inw

ard

50

0-

16 A

pr.

By P

urc

has

es A

/c-

50

,00

0

18 A

pr.

By D

raw

ings

A/c

-3,0

00

22 A

pr.

By w

ages

A/c

-2

5,0

00

23 A

pr.

By P

rin

tin

g &

Sta

tionar

y-

2,0

00

30 A

pr.

By S

alar

ies

-1

,00,0

00

30 A

pr.

By B

alan

ce c

/d1

,67,0

00

5,0

0,5

00

5,0

0,0

00

9,7

5,0

00

5,0

0,0

00

9,7

5,0

00

Page 262: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

261 [XI – Accountancy]

Purchases Book

Date Particulars Bill No. L.F. Detail Amount

2013

9 Apr.., Gwalior Textiles - 27

Trouser cloths 80,000

Shirt cloths 10,000

Coat cloth 1,40,000

T. Shirt 30,000

2,60,000

Less 10% Trade Discount – 26,000 2,34,000

16 Apr. Gwalior Textiles: 171

White Cloths 5,000

Grey cloths 10,000 15,000

30 Apr. Purchases A/c Dr. 2,49,000

Sales Book

Date Particulars Inv.. L.F. Detail Amount

2013

12 Apr. Bhola Sons

285 Trousers @ 250 57,000

255 Shirts @ 100 25,500

40 Sp. White cloth @ 500 20,000

137 Coat peices @ 1000 1,37,000

105 T. Shirts @ 100 10,500

2,50,000

Less 2% Trade Discount – 5000 2,45,000

14 Apr. Star cloths Store

50 Trousers @ 200 10,000

50 Shirt @ 100 5,000

20 Coat cloth @ 1000 20,000

24 white cloths @ 500 12,000

30 T. Shirt @ 100 3,000

50,000

Less 10% Trade Discount – 5000 45,000

30 Apr. Sales A/c Cr. 2,90,000

Page 263: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 262

Ledger

Dr. Capital Accoutns Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

30, Apr. To Balance c/d 10,00,000 Apr. 1 By cash A/c 5,00,000

Apr. 1 By Bank A/c 5,00,000

10,00,000 10,00,000

2013

1 May By Balance b/d 10,00,000

Dr. Drawings A/c Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

18, Apr. To Bank A/c 3,000 Apr.30 By Balance c/d 3,000

3,000 3,000

2013

1, May To Balance B/d 3,000

Dr. Furniture Accoutns Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

2, Apr. To Gupta Furn. 1,80,000 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 5,00,000

8, Apr. To Cash A/c 3,20,000

5,00,000 5,00,000

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 5,00,000

Dr. Purchases Accoutns Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

4, Apr. To Bank A/c 70,000 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 3,69,000

16, Apr. To Balance A./c 50,000

30, Apr. To Purch. Book 2,49,000

3,69,000 3,69,000

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 3,69,000

Page 264: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

263 [XI – Accountancy]

Dr. Offie Equipment Accoutns Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

5, Apr. To Bank A/c 70,000 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 70,000

70,000 70,000

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 70,000

Dr. Gupta Furnitures Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

13, Apr. To Bank A/c 1,50,000 Apr. 2 By Furniture A/c 1,80,000

30 Apr. To Balance c/d 30,000

1,80,000 1,80,000

1 May By Balance b/d 30,000

Dr. Sales Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

30, Apr. To Balance c/d 6,15,000 Apr. 7 By Bank A/c 3,25,000

30 Apr. By Sales Book 2,90,000

61,5000 6,15,000

2013

1 May By Bal b/d 6,15,000

Dr. Gwaliar Textiles Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

30, Apr. To Balance c/d 2,49,000 Apr. 9 By Purchases A/c 2,34,000

Apr. 16 By Purchases A/c 15,000

2,49,000 2,49,000

2013

1 May By Balance b/d 2,49,000

Page 265: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 264

Dr. Star Cloths Store Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

12, Apr. To Sales A/c 45,000 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 45,000

45,000 45,000

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 45,000

Dr. Bhola Sons Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

12, Apr. To Sales Book 2,45,000 Apr. 15 By Bank A/c 1,50,000

Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 95,000

2,45,000 2,45,000

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 95,000

Dr. Advertisement Expenses Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

10, Apr. To Cash A/c 12,500 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 12,500

12,500 12,500

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 12,500

Dr. Printing & Stationary Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

23, Apr. To Bank A/c 2,000 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 2,000

2013

30 May To Balance b/d 2,000

Dr. Carriage Inward Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

16, Apr. To Cash A/c 500 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 500

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 500

Page 266: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

265 [XI – Accountancy]

Dr. Wages Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

22, Apr. To Bank A/c 25,000 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 25,000

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 25,000

Dr. Salaries Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

2013 2013

30, Apr. To Bank A/c 1,00,000 Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 1,00,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

2013

1 May To Balance b/d 1,00,000

Trial Balance as on April 30, 2013

Particulars Dr. R.s Cr. Rs.

Cash A/c 1,67,000 -

Bank A/c 5,05,000 -

Capital A/c - 10,00,000

Drawing A/c 3,000 -

Furniture A/c 5,00,000 -

Purchases A/c 3,69,000 -

Sales A/c - 6,15,000

Office equipment A/c 70,000 -

Printing & Stationary A/c 2,000 -

Advertisement Expenses A/c 12,500 -

Carriage Inward A/c 500 -

Wages A/c 25,000 -

Salary A/c 1,00,000 -

Gupta Furniture - 30,000

Page 267: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 266

Gwalior Textile - 2,49,000

Star cloth store 45,000

Bhola Sons 95,000

Total 18,94,000 18,94,000

Trading and Profit & loss Account

Dr. for Month of April 2013 Cr.

Particulars Amount Particulars Amount

To Purchase 3,69,000 By Sales 6,15,000

To carriage inward 500 By closing stock 75,000

To wages 25,000

To Gross Profit 2,95,500

6,90,000 6,90,000

To Salary 1,00,000 By Gross Profit 2,95,500

To Printing & Stationary 2,000

To Advertise Exp. 12,500

To Net Profit transfered 1,81,000

2,95,500 2,955,00

Dr. Balance Sheet as on April 30, 2013 Cr.

Liabilities Amount Assets Amount

Capital 10,00,000 Fixed Assets

Add.No. Brofit +1,81,000 Furniture 5,00,000

11,81,000 Office exquipment 70,000

Less Drawing -3,000 11,78,000 Current Assets

S. Debtors 1,40,000

Current Liabilities Cash 1,67,000

Bank 5,05,000

S.Creditors 2,79,000 Stock 75,000

14,57,000 14,57,000

Page 268: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

267 [XI – Accountancy]

PIE CHART

Comparison of Direct Expenses and Gross profit with Net Sales.

Gross profit

48.05%Direct Exp

51.95%

Amount Percentage Degree

Sales 6,15,000 100% 360°

Direct Exp. 3,19,500 51.95% 187°

Gross Profit 2,95,500 48.05% 173°

Comparision of all Expenss, net profit with Sales.

D irected & Indirect

Ex p.70.6%

N et P ro fit

29.4 %

Amount Percentage Degree

Sales 6,15,000 100% 360°

Direct & Indirect Exp. 4,34,000 70.6% 254°

Net Profit 1,81,000 29.4% 106°

Page 269: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 268

PROJECT - 2

COMPREHENSIVE

Source Material : ‘Lakshika Herbal Beauty products’ project statement

A reputed Management Institute in assistance with Entrepreneur Skill

Development Ltd. (ESDL) Organised a camp for the students pursuing BBA,

BBS, MBA or other professional courses to encourage entrepreneurial skills.

This Institute and ESDL, displayed 50 small business projects which could be

started with an investment of Rs. 20,00,000. The ESDL also promised to buy

the entire production of the first year. It promised to supply the required

machinery and at a much subsidised rates. It also had a scheme to give loans

up to 50% of the working capital requirement.

A large number of people visited the camp. There were project

demonstrations by ESDL advisors and experts. Lakshika who was pursuing

BBS from the same Management Institute, also attended the Camp because

she was inclined to start her own business. Lakshika was very impressed by

the demonstration of the small business project on Herbal beauty products.

The project was economically viable. She was convinced that she will defiitely

succeed in carrying out the project. She entered into agreement with the ESDL

who agreed to arrange supplier of the necessary plant for Rs. 60,000 on turnkey

basis. She had sufficient open space at her residence in a colony. She got the

machine fixed and the payment was made in the installments of Rs. 10,000

annually over a period of six years, She went through the literature provided

by the ESDL and searched various websites to know the addresses of the raw

materials. She placed necessary orders for the raw material and arranged for

workers who will operate the machine and do other necessary orders for the

raw material and arranged for workers who will operate the machine and do

other necessary production work. She set up a small workable office and

decided to do all office work herself. All supplies were on a credit for two

weeks.

Page 270: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

269 [XI – Accountancy]

She formally inaugurated the production on April 1,2001. She invited all

her friends, relatives and neighbor and other residents of her colony on the

very first day and distributed free samples of the herbal face wash produced

in her small factory. It was very reasonably priced. The price was very much

lower than other brands in the market. She visited ten other colonies around

her colony. She told the people there, as to how her herbal beauty products are

better than others. She liberally distributed free samples to all the residents of

colony. Her product was really good and was accepted by all those who used.

It. Within three months she could sell whatever she produced every week.

Her initial investment was Rs. 80,000 out of which she paid the first

installment of plant on April I, 2011. She opened a Bank Account with Rs.

60,000 on the same date. She had an old e-bike worth Rs. 20,000 which she

decided to use in her business. She also purchased furniture for Rs. 12,000.

Thus, her total investment was Rs. 1,00,000. The payments to suppliers were

made on the 15th and 30th of each months. The salaries and wages were paid

only on the 7th of each month. The sales were mostly for cash. The cash sale

was deposited in the bank the next day. The sale to local customers was on

credit for one week. All the customers were honest and paid the amount as and

when due.

The following expenses incurred and revenue realized during the year

ended march 31, 2012.

Rs.

1. Raw Material purchased on credit 12,00,000

2. Cash paid to the suppliers 9,80,000

3. Cash sales 16,00,000

4. Wages paid for eleven months 2,31,000

5. Office expenses 19,000

6. Power bills paid 25,000

7. Drawings 2,52,000

8. Packing and distribution expenses 10,000

9. Cash received from customers 4,25,000

Page 271: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 270

Other balances as on March 31, 2012 were as follows :

Rs.

1. Closing stock 25,000

2. Plant 60,000

3. Furniture 12,000

4. Debtors 75,000

5. E-bike 20,000

Depreciation was charged @ 10% p.a. on both plant and furniture and @

20% on e-bike. Salaries are outstanding for one month. Free samples were

distributed amounting Rs. 12,000.

Required

Judge the performance of Lakshita during her first year in business.

Processing the information

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2011

Apr.., 1 Plant A/c Dr. 60,000

To vender (ESDL) A/c 60,000

(Being a plant purchased on

installment basis from the ESDL)

E-bike A/c Dr. 20,000

Cash A/c Dr. 80,000

To capital A/c 1,00,000

(Being the amount introduced

as capital both in cash and in

the from of e-bike)

Vendor (ESDL) A/c Dr. 10,000

To cash A/c 10,000

(Being the first installment paid to the ESDL)

Page 272: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

271 [XI – Accountancy]

Bank A/c Dr. 60,000

To cash A/c 60,000

(Being the bank account opened)

Furniture A/c Dr. 12,000

To Bank A/c 12,000

(Being furniture purchased)

Bank A/c Dr. 16,00,000

To Sales A/c 16,00,000

(Being cash sales during the year)

Debtors A/c Dr. 5,00,000

To Sales A/c 5,00,000

(Being credit sales during the year.

See debtors accounts)

Bank A/c Dr. 4,25,000

To Debtors A/c 4,25,000

(Being cash received from debtors)

Purchases A/c Dr. 12,00,000

To creditors A/c 12,00,000

(Being raw material purchased in

credit)

Creditors A/c Dr. 9,80,000

To Bank A/c 9,80,000

(Being of payment made to creditors)

Wages A/c Dr. 2,31,000

To Bank A/c 2,31,000

(Being wages paid for 11 months)

Office expenses A/c Dr. 19,000

To Bank A/c 19,000

(Being office expenses paid)

Power expenses A/c Dr. 25,000

To Bank A/c 25,000

(Being power expenses paid)

Drawings A/c Dr. 2,52,000

Page 273: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 272

To bank A/c 2,52,000

(Being the amount drawn for

personal use)

Packing and Distribution A/c Dr. 10,000

To Bank A/c 10,000

(Being packing and distribution expenses paid)

Ledger

Dr. Capital Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012 To Balance c/d 1,00,000 2011

31, Mar. April 1 By Cash A/c 80,000

April 1 By E-bike A/c 20,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

2002

April 1 By Balance b/d 1,00,000

Dr. Cash Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012 To Capital 80,000 2011

1, Apr. Apr. 1 By Bank A/c 60,000

Apr. 1 By Vendor (ESDL) 10,000

2012

Mar. 31 By balance c/d 10,000

80,000 80,000

Dr. Bank Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2011

2012 To Cash A/c 60,000 Apr. 1 By furniture A/c 12,000

Apr. 1 To sales 16,00,000 Apr. 1 By creditors A/c 9,80,000

To debtors 4,25,000 By wages A/c 2,31,000

By office expenses A/c 19,000

By power expenses A/c 25,000

By drawings A/c 2,52,000

Page 274: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

273 [XI – Accountancy]

By packing and

distribution expenses A/c 10,000

2012

Mar. 31 By Balance c/d 5,56,000

2012 20,85,000 20,85,000

Apr.1 To Balance 5,56,000

Dr. Plant Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2011 2012

Apr. 1 To Vendor (ESDL) 60,000 Mar. 31 By Balance c/d 60,000

Dr. Vendor (ESDL) Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2011 2011

Apr. 1 To Cash A/c 10,000 Apr. 1 By Plant A/c 60,000

2012

Mar. 31 To Balance c/d 50,000

60,000 60,000

2012

Apr. 1 By Balance b/d 50,000

Dr. Furniture Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2011 2012

Apr. 1 To Bank A/c 12,000 Mar. 31 By Balance c/d 12,000

12,000 12,000

2012

Apr. 1 To Balance b/d 12,000

Dr. Sales Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012 -

Mar., 31 To Trading A/c 21,00,000 - By Bank A/c 16,00,000

By debtors A/c 5,00,000

21,00,00 21,00,000

Page 275: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 274

Dr. Debtors Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

- To sales A/c 5,00,000 - By Bank A/c 4,25,000

(Balancing fig.)

2012

Mar. 31 By balance c/d 75,000

5,00,000 5,00,000

2012

Apr.1 To balance b/d 75,000

Dr. Wages Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012

- To Bank A/c 2,31,000 Mar. 31 By Trading A/c 2,31,000

2,31,000 2,31,000

Dr. E-Bike Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2011 2012

Apr. 1 To Capital A/c 20,000 Mar. 31 By Balance c/d 20,000

20,000 20,000

2012

Apr. 1 To Balance b/d 20,000

Dr. Purchases Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

12,00,000 2012

- To creditors Mar. 31 By Trading A/c 12,00,000

12,00,000 12,00,000

Dr. Creditors Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

- To Bank A/c 9,80,000 - By Purchase A/c 12,00,000

2012

Mar. 31 To Balance c/d 2,20,000

12,00,000 12,00,000

2012

Apr. 1 By balance b/d 2,20,000

Page 276: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

275 [XI – Accountancy]

Dr. Office Expenses Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012

- To Bank A/c 19,000 Mar. 31 By profit and loss A/c 19,000

19,000 19,000

Dr. Power Expenses Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012

- To bank A/c 25,000 Mar. 31 By profit and loss A/c 25,000

25,000 25,000

Dr. Drawings Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012

- To Bank A/c 2,52,000 Mar. 31 By Balance A/c 2,52,000

2,52,000 2,52,000

2012

Apr. 1 To Balance b/d 2,52,000

Dr. Packing and Distribution Expenses Account Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

2012

- To Bank A/c 10,000 Mar. 31 By Profit and Loss A/c 10,000

10,000 10,000

Trial Balance

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

Cash A/c 10,000 Capital A/c 1,00,00

Bank A/c 5,56,000 Vendor (ESDL) 50,000

Plant A/c 60,000 Sales A/c 21,00,000

Furniture A/c 12,000 creditors 2,20,000

Debtors A/c 75,000

Wages A/c 2,31,000

E-bike A/c 20,000

Purchase A/c 12,00,000

Page 277: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 276

Office expense A/c 19,000

Power expenses A/c 25,000

Drawings A/c 2,52,000

Packing and distribution

expenses A/c 10,000

24,70,000 24,70,000

Adjustments required :

• Unsold stock is Rs.25,000

• Free samples were distributed worth Rs. 12,000

• Depreciation at the rate of 10% on plant and furniture and at the rate

of 20% on e-bike

• Wages are outstanding for one month.

Adjustment entries :

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2012 Stock A/c Dr. 25,000

Mar. 31 Free Samples A/c Dr. 12,000

37,000

To Trading A/c

(Being the amount of closing stock

and stock distributed as free samples)

i. Depreciation A/c Dr. 11,200

To Plant (@ 10%) 6,000

To Furnitures (@ 10%) 1,200

To e-bike (@ 20%) 4,000

(Being the amount of depreciation

charged)

ii. Wages A/c Dr. 21,000

To wages outstanding A/c 21,000

(Being the wages due for one month)

Note : the wages paid Rs. 2,31,000 are

for eleven month.

Therefore wages for one month are

2,31,000/11 = Rs. 21,000

Page 278: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

277 [XI – Accountancy]

Trading and Profit & Loss account

Dr. for the year ended on March 31, 2012 Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Purchases 12,00,000 By Sales 21,00,000

To Wages 2,31,000 By Closiong Stock 25,000

Add : Outstanding 21,000 2,52,000 By Stock Distributed as

To Power Expenses 25,000 Free Samples 12,000

To Gross Profit 6,60,000

21,37,000 21,37,000

To Free Samples (Advertising) 12,000 By Gross Profit 6,60,000

To Office Expenses 19,000

To Packing and Distribution 10,000

Expenses

To Depreciation on :

Plant 6,000

Furniture 1,200

E-bike 4,000 11,200

To Net Profit 6,07,800

6,60,000 6,60,000

Balance sheet of Lakshika

As on 31st March, 2012

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs

Capital 1,00,000 Plant 60,000

Add : Net profit 6,07,800 Less : depreciation 6,000 54,000

7,07,800

Less : drawings 2,52,000 4,55,800 Furniture 12,000

Vender (ESDL) 50,000 Less : depreciation 1,200 10,800

Wages outstanding 21,000 E-bike 20,000

Creditors 2,20,000 Less : depreciation 4,000 16,000

Debtors 75,000

Stock 25,000

Cash 10,000

Bank 5,56,000

7,46,800 7,46,800

Page 279: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 278

PROJECT -3

COMPREHENSIVE PROJECT

Mr. Deepak, after completing his graduation wants to start his own business

but he was little bit confused which business to start. Moreover, he was short

of funds also as only Rs.2,00,000 (to be used in business) were available with

him, which he saved by doing part time jobs during his graduation. He discussed

the matter with his father, Mr. Mahesh, a Bank Manager and decided to start

a shop dealing in man’s wear from 1st April 2012 His father also help him

in raising loan of Rs.10,00,000 from xyz Bank against his personal guarantee.

On 5th April 2012, Mr. Deepak opens a Bank A/c with Rs. 5,000 in xyz Bank

credited his Bank A/c with the amount of loan on 1st June 2012, after completing

all formalities, which is to be repaid in Ten equal yearly installments alongwith

with interest @ 12% p.a. on 31st March every year. Same day he purchased

a computer for Rs. 50,000 to maintain all the records regarding purchase, sales

and stock and make the payment by cheque. He also deposited Rs. 45,000 in

Bank.

It was also decided that all the purchases are to be made by cheques and

all receipts on account of sales were to be deposited into Bank. He named his

business as M/s Rajasthan Man’s wear and entered into a contract with a

distributer of Man’s wear on 15th June 2012. The distributer want him to make

all the payments with regard to the orders in advance. Mr. Deepak’s transactions

for the year ending on 31st March 2013 were as follows.

Rs.

Purchases (on 15 June 12) 15,00,000

Sales 25,00,000

Staff Salary 2,00,000

Telephone Expenses 50,000

Electricity charges 1,00,000

Page 280: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

279 [XI – Accountancy]

Packing charges 25,000

Insurance 1,00,000

Rent (Rs. 10,000 p.m.) 1,20,000

Carriage Inward. 55,000

Furniture purchased (on 1st June 12) 1,00,000

25% payment for furniture was made by cash and rest by cheque. All the

expenses were paid by cheque. Furniture and computer were depreciated @12%

p.a. The closing stock on 31st Mar. 2013 was valued at Rs. 1,00,000. A plot/

land for Rs.10,00,000 was also purchased on that day to construct shop in

future. you\are required to :

(1) journalise the transactions.

(2) Post all the items to the relevant Ledger Accounts

(3) Prepare Trial Balance.

(4) Prepare Trading and Profit & Loss A/c and Balance sheet at the end of

the year.

Journal

Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

2012

Apr.. 1 Cash A/c Dr. 2,00,000

T Capital A/c 2,00,000

(Being business commenced)

Apr. 5 Bank A/c Dr. 5,000

To cash A/c 5,000

(Being Bank A/c opened)

June 1 Bank A/c Dr. 10,00,000

To Bank Loan A/c 10,00,000

(Being Bank Loan raised)

June 1 Computer A/c Dr. 50,000

To Bank A/c 50,000

(Being computer, purchased)

Page 281: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 280

June 1 Bank A/c Dr. 45,000

To cash A/c 45,000

(Being cash deposited into Bank)

June 1 Furniture A/c Dr. 1,00,000

To Cash A/c 25,000

To Bank A/c 75,000

(Being furniture purchased & Payment

made in cash & by cheque)

June 15 Purchases A/c Dr. 15,00,000

To Bank A/c 15,00,000

(Being purchase made)

Mar. 31 Bank A/c Dr. 25,00,000

To Sales A/c 25,00,000

(Being sales made)

Mar. 31 Staff salary A/c Dr. 2,00,000

To Bank A/c 2,00,000

(Being staff salary paid)

Mar. 31 Telephone expenses A/c Dr. 50,000

To Bank A/c 50,000

(Being Telephone Expenses Paid)

Mar. 31 Electricity charges A/c Dr. 1,00,000

To Bank A/c 1,00,000

(Being electricity charges Paid)

Mar. 31 Packing charges A/c Dr. 25,000

To Bank A/c 25,000

(Being Packing Charges Paid)

Mar. 31 Insurance A/c Dr. 1,00,000

To Bank A/c 1,00,000

(Being Insurance Paid)

Mar. 31 Rent A/c Dr. 1,20,000

To Bank A/c 1,20,000

(Being rent Paid)

Mar. 31 Carriage Inward A/c Dr. 55,000

To Bank A/c 55,000

(Being carriage inward Paid)

Page 282: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

281 [XI – Accountancy]

Mar. 31 Bank loan A/c Dr. 1,00,000

Interest on loan A/c Dr. 1,00,000

To Bank A/c 2,00,000

(Being installment & interest

loan paid)

Mar. 31 Depreciation A/c Dr. 15,000

To Furniture A/c 10,000

To Computer A/c 5000

(Being depreciation charged on

furniture and computer)

Mar. 31 Land A/c Dr. 10,00,000

To Bank A/c 10,00,000

(Being plot land Purchased)

Dr. Capital Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Balance c/d 2,00,000 1.4.12 By Cash A/c 2,00,000

2,00,000 2,00,000

1.4.13 By Balance b/d 2,00,000

Dr. Cash Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

1.4.12 To Capital A/c 2,00,000 5.4.12 By Bank A/c 5,000

1.6.12 By Bank A/c 45,000

1.6.12 By Furniture A/c 25,000

By Balance 1,25,000

2,00,000 2,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 1,25,000

Dr. Bank Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

5.4.12 To Cash A/c 5,000 1.6.12 By Computer A/c 50,000

1.6.12 To Bank Loan

A/c 10,00,000 1.6.12 By Furniture A/c 75,000

1.6.12 To Cash A/c 45,000 15.6.12 By Purchase A/c 15,00,000

31.3.13 To sales A/c 25,00,000 31.3.13 By staff salary A/c 2,00,000

Page 283: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 282

31.3.13 By Telephone A/c 50,000

31.3.13 By Electricity A/c 1,00,000

31.3.13 By Packing Charge

A/c 25,000

31.3.13 By Insurance 1,00,000

31.3.13 By Rent A/c 1,20,000

31.3.13 By Carriage A/c 55,000

31.3.13 By Bank loan A/c 1,00,000

31.3.13 By Interest on loan

A/c 1,00,000

31.3.13 By Land A/c 10,00,000

31.3.13 By Balance c/d 75,000

35,50,000 35,50,000

To Balance b/d 75,000

Dr. Bank Loan Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 1,00,000 1.6.12 By Bank A/c 10,00,000

T Balance c/d 9,00,000

10,00,000 10,00,000

1.4.13 By Balance b/d 9,00,000

Dr. Purchases Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

15.6.12 To Bank A/c 15,00,000 31.3.13 By Balance c/d 15,00,000

15,00,000 15,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 15,00,000

Dr. Sales Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Balance c/d 25,00,000 31.3.13 By Bank A/c 25,00,000

25,00,000 25,00,000

1.4.13 By Balance b/d 25,00.000

Dr. Computer Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

1.6.12 To Bank A/c 50,000 31.3.13 By Depreciation A/c 5,000

Page 284: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

283 [XI – Accountancy]

31.3.13 By Balance c/d 45000

50,000 50,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 45,000

Dr. Furniture Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

1.6.12 To Cash A/c 25,000 31.3.13 By Depreciation A/c 10,000

1.6.12 To Bank A/c 75,000 31.3.13 By Balance b/d 90,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 90,000

Dr. Staff Salary Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 2,00,000 1.6.12 By Balance c/d 2,00,000

2,00,00 2,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 2,00,000

Dr. Telephone Expenses Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 50,000 31.3.13 By Balance c/d 50,000

50,000 50,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 50,000

Dr. Electricity Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 1,00,000 31.3.13 By Balance A/c 1,00,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 1,00,000

Dr. Packing Charges Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 25,000 31.3.13 By Balance c/d 25,000

25,000 25,000

1.4.13 To Balance/d 25,000

Page 285: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 284

Dr. Insurance Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 1,00,000 1.6.12 By Computer A/c 1,00,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 1,00,000

Dr. Rent Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 1,20,000 1.6.12 By Computer A/c 1,20,000

1,20,000 1,20,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 1,20,000

Dr. Carriage Inward Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 55,000 31.3.13 By Balance A/c 55,000

55,000 55,000

1.4.13 To Balanace b/d 55,000

Dr. Interest Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 1,00,000 31.3.13 By Balance A/c 1,00,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 1,00,000

Dr. Depreciation Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Furniture A/c 10,000 31.3.13 By Balance c/d 15,000

To Computer A/c 5,000

15,000 15,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 15,000

Dr. Land Account Cr.

Date Receipts J.F. Rs. Date Particulars J.F. Rs.

31.3.13 To Bank A/c 10,00,000 31.3.13 By Balance A/c 1,00,000

10,00,000 1,00,000

1.4.13 To Balance b/d 10,00,000

Page 286: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

285 [XI – Accountancy]

Trial Balance as on 31.3.2013

Particulars Debit Balance Credit Balance

Capital A/c 2,00,000

Cash A/c 1,25,000

Bank A/c 7,5000

Bank Loan A/c 9,00,000

Purchase A/c 15,00,000

Sales A/c 25,00,000

Computer A/c 45,000

Furniture A/c 90,000

Staff Salary A/c 2,00,000

Telephone Expenses A/c 50,000

Electricity Charges A/c 1,00,000

Packing charges A/c 25,000

Insurance A/c 1,00,000

Rent A/c 1,20,000

Carriage inward A/c 55,000

Interest on Loan A/c 1,00,000

Depreciation A/c 15,000

Land A/c 10,00,000

36,00,000 36,00,000

Dr. Trading and profit & loss A/c for the year ending on 31.3.2013 Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Purchases 15,00,000 By Sales 25,00,000

To carriage 55,000 By closing Stock 1,00,000

To Gross Profit 10,45,000

26,00,000 26,00,000

To Staff salary 2,00,000 By Gross profit 10,45,000

To Telephone expenses 50,000

To Electricity charges 1,00,000

To Packing charges 25,000

To Insurance 1,00,000

To Rent 1,20,000

Page 287: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

[XI – Accountancy] 286

To Interest on loan 1,00,000

To Depreciation 15,000

To Net profit 3,35,000

10,45,000 10,45,000

Dr. Balance sheet as at 31.3.2013 Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

Capital 2,00,000 Land 10,00,000

Add : Net Profit 3,35,000 5,35,000 Furniture 90,000

Computer 45,000

Bank Loan 9,00,000 Closing Stock 1,00,000

Bank 75,000

Cash 1,25,000

14,35,000 14,35,000

28

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

Page 288: INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING - WordPress.com€¦ · Explain the users of accounting information and their needs. Explain the basic accounting terms. Suggested Teaching Method: Discussion

287 [XI – Accountancy]

Data relating to year 2012-13 of M/s Rajasthan Men’s wear

Cost of Goods sold = Opening Stock + Net Purchases

+ Direct Expenses – Closing stock

= 0 + 15,00,000 + 5,000 – 1,00,000

= 14,55,000

OR

Cost of Goods Sold = Net Sales – Gross Profits

= 25,00,000 – 10,45,000

= 14,55,000